E.F. Johnson Company 5100 Series Service Manual

Download

DIGITAL/ANALOG PORTABLE RADIO

SERVICE

MANUAL

Part Number: 001-5100-0017CD

December 2004

Supersedes: 001-5100-0016CD; 8/04

5100 SERIES PORTABLE RADIO

■ APCO Project 25

– Conventional – Trunked

■ SMARTNET

SmartZone

■ Analog FM

Conventional

VHF

1 and 5 Watts

UHF

1 and 4 Watts

700 MHz

1 and 2.7 Watts

800 MHz

1 and 3 Watts

7.2 VDC

Part No. 242-51xx-xxx

51xx SERIES PORTABLE

VHF, UHF, 700/800, 800 MHz

PROJECT 25 CONVENTIONAL AND TRUNKED

ANALOG CONVENTIONAL

SMARTNET

/SMARTZONE

7.5 VDC

5W (VHF), 4W (UHF), 2.5W (700 MHz) 3W (800 MHz)

Part No. 242-51xx-xx0

The EFJohnson Company, which was founded in 1923, provides wireless communication

systems solutions for public safety, government, and commercial customers. The company designs, manufactures, and markets conventional and trunked radio systems, mobile and

portable subscriber radios, repeaters, and Project 25 digital radio products. EFJohnson is a

wholly owned subsidiary of EFJ, Incorporated.

Viking Head/EFJohnson logo, Call Guard

the EFJohnson Company. SMARTNET

Enhanced Private Conversation product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturer. The IMBE™ voice coding technology embodied in this product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights of Digital Voice Systems, Inc.

Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.

Covers Firmware Versions: 5100 1.12.1/2.2.1/3.2.1/PCConfigure 1.25.0

, PCConfigure™, and PCTune™ are trademarks of

™

, SmartZone®, SecureNet™, Call Alert™, and

are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. All other company and/or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.2 RADIO DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

New 700/800 MHz Band Information. . . . . . . . . 1-1

Analog/Digital Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Operating Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Full and Limited Keypad Models . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Systems, Channels, and Zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.3 PRODUCT WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.4 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.5 TRANSCEIVER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.6 ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.8 RETURNS FOR REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1.10 INTERNET HOME PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1.11 INTRINSICALLY SAFE INFORMATION . . . 1-6

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Possible Ignition Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Intrinsically Safe and Nonincendive Ratings . . . 1-7 Classification of Hazardous Areas and

Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1.12 SECURE COMMUNICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

1.13 RADIO HARDWARE CHANGES . . . . . . . . . 1-9

RF Module Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Logic and UI Board Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

2 BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND

DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

2.1 BATTERY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Battery Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Preventing Loss of Encryption Keys. . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Battery Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.2 BELT CLIP INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.3 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

2.4 TRANSCEIVER DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Separating Front Cover and Chassis . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Removing RF and Logic Boards From Chassis . 2-5

Removing UI (User Interface) Board . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Removing Switch assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

3 OPERATION

3.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

4 TRANSCEIVER PROGRAMMING

4.1 PROGRAMMING SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.2 COMPUTER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.3 USING THE PCCONFIGURE SOFTWARE .4-1

4.4 CLONING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

5 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

5.1 GENERAL OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Analog Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Project 25 Digital Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

5.2 VHF RF BOARD (Version C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Synthesizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

5.3 UHF RF BOARD (VERSION C) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Synthesizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

5.4 700/800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION C) . . . 5-8

Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Synthesizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

5.5 RF BOARD OVERVIEW (VERSION A/B) .5-10

5.6 VHF/UHF RF BOARD (VERSION A/B) . . . 5-11

Frequency Generation Unit (FGU) . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Antenna Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Receiver Front End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Receiver Back End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

5.7 800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION A/B) . . . . 5-15

Frequency Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Antenna Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Receiver Front End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Receiver Back End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

5.8 USER INTERFACE BOARD (ALL). . . . . . . 5-18

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Microcontroller (U2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Graphical Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

5.9 LOGIC BOARD (VERSION C) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Digital Signal Processing Overview . . . . . . . . 5-19

Receive Signal Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

5.10 LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B) . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Digital Signal Processing Overview . . . . . . . . 5-19

Receive Signal Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Transmit Signal Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

ADSIC (U2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

5.11 AUDIO CIRCUIT (VERSION A/B) . . . . . . . . 5-21

Receive Audio Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Transmit Audio Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

6 ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

6.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Tune Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

PCTune Version Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6.2 MAIN SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6.3 MENU BAR DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

File Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Radio Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Transfer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Help Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

6.4 TUNING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Connecting Test Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Starting and Configuring PCTune. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

6.5 DIGITAL PERFORMANCE TESTS . . . . . . . . 6-5

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Receive Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Receive Sensitivity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Transmitter Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

6.6 ANALOG PERFORMANCE TESTS . . . . . . . 6-6

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Receiver Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Transmitter Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

7 PARTS LIST

Chassis, Hardware, Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

RF Board (A200). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Logic Board (A100). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Logic Board (A100). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

User Interface Board (A400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

User Interface Board (A400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12

Exploded Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

8 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND

COMPONENT LAYOUTS

Interconnect Schematic

For Version C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

For Version A/B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

VHF RF Board Version C

Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

VHF RF Board Version B

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

UHF RF Board Version C

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

UHF RF Board Version A/B

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

700/800 MHz RF Board Version C

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

800 MHz RF Board Version A/B

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

5500-120 Logic Board Version C

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

5100-110 Logic Board Version A

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

5100-150 Logic Board Version B

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48

5100-160 Logic Board Version B

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51

5500-420 User Interface Board Version C

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-67

5100-410 User Interface Board Version A

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-69

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-71

5100-450 User Interface Board Version B

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-75

5100-460 User Interface Board Version B

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-77

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79

Programming Cable Schematic . . . . . . . . . . 8-81

Test Cable Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-81

9 OBSOLETE BOARD SCHEMATICS

AND LAYOUTS

Interconnect Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

VHF RF Board Version A

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

5100-110 Logic Board Version A

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5100-160 Logic Board Version B

Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

5100-410 User Interface Board Version A

Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

LIST OF FIGURES

1-1 Hardware Changes Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

4-1 Programming Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

5-1 VHF RF Board Block Diagram (Version C) . . . 5-3 5-2 UHF RF Board Block Diagram (Version C) . . . 5-6

5-3 700/80 0 MHz RF Board Block Diagram. . . . . . 5-8

5-4 RF Board Block Diagram (Version A/B) . . . . 5-11

6-1 Alignment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6-2 PCTune Main Screen (Version 2.0). . . . . . . . . . 6-2

LIST OF TABLES

1-1 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

1-2 Area Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

1-3 Material Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8

1-4 51xx Fam ily Logic and Firmware Versions . . . 1-11

5-1 LO and First IF Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL

This service manual contains operation, programming, alignment, and service information for the EFJohnson 5100 series portable radio.

The 51SL and Ascend (Multi-Net) models are similar in appearance and covered by separate manuals as follows:

51SL Portable Serv Man - P.N. 001-5200-0010CD Ascend Portable Serv Man - P.N. 001-5584-0010CD

The distinguishing characteristics of the 5100, 51SL, and Ascend models are as follows:

5100 Series Portable

• Part No. 242-51xx-xxx (see Section 1.4)

• EFJohnson logo under display

• Black front bezel with black keypad keys

51SL Series Portable

VHF: 136-174 MHz UHF Low: 380-450 MHz (Federal Users Only) UHF Mid: 403-470 MHz UHF High: 450-512 MHz 700/800 MHz: 762-806 and 806-870 MHz 800 MHz: 806-870 MHz (see next section)

Power output is user switchable for low and high

levels as follows:

VHF - 1 and 5 watts UHF - 1 and 4 watts 700 MHz - 1 and 2.5 watts 800 MHz - 1 and 3 watts

1.2.2 NEW 700/800 MHZ BAND INFORMATION

As described in Section 1.13, 5100 models are starting to ship with a new design RF board. The 800 MHz models with this new board operate on both the 700 and 800 MHz bands. Earlier models can operate in only the 800 MHz band. Other bands remain the same with this new board.

• Part No. 242-52xx-xxx (see Section 1.4)

• “51SL” label under display

• Grey front panel bezel with white keypad buttons

Ascend Series Portable

• Part No. 242-558x-xxx (see Section 1.4)

• “ASCEND” label under display

• Black front panel bezel with black keypad buttons

1.2 RADIO DESCRIPTION

1.2.1 GENERAL

The 5100-series portable transceivers have multiple system programming capability to allow operation in various types of radio systems as described in the information which follows.

Models are available for operation in the following frequency ranges. Repeater talk-around, which allows transmitting on the receive frequency, is also available with all bands.

With the 700/800 MHz models, channels can be programmed anywhere in the 700 and 800 MHz bands. For example, Channel 1 can be programed for

768.000 MHz, Channel 2 for 810.000 MHz, and so on. The only restriction is that the FCC does not permit receiving in one band and transmitting in the other band on the same channel and vice versa.

1.2.3 ANALOG/DIGITAL OPERATION

The 5100-series transceiver uses a digital signal processor (DSP) to provide IF and audio filtering and modulation functions. This allows operation on the various types of channels (see following), backward compatibility with existing equipment, and the ability to operate on various types of radio systems.

Narrow Band Analog maximum deviation of 2.5 kHz. This mode is usually used in systems with a channel spacing of 12.5 or 15 kHz.

Wideband Analog maximum deviation of 5 kHz. This mode is usually

- FM modulation is used with a

1-1

GENERAL INFORMATION

used in systems where the channel spacing is 25 kHz or 30 kHz.

Digital tized, filtered, error corrected, optionally encrypted, and then transmitted. Operation in the Project 25 mode is always digital, and operation in the SMARTNET/ SmartZone mode can be either analog or digital. This mode uses a channel spacing of 12.5 kHz.

1.2.4 OPERATING PROTOCOLS

programmed for any or all the following operating protocols. The conventional analog protocol is standard and the others are optional and therefore must be enabled by factory programming. Refer to Section 3 for more operation information.

- C4FM modulation is used. The voice is digi-

Standard 5100-series transceivers can be

• APCO Project 25 (digital) conventional

• APCO Project 25 (digital) trunked

• SMARTNET

/SmartZone® analog or digital

• Analog conventional

Systems

A system is a collection of channels or talk groups belonging to the same repeater site. It defines all the parameters and protocol information required to access a site. Up to 16 systems of any type can be programmed. The maximum number of channels assignable to a system is limited to approximately 512 with the 512 channel option (or the available memory space as described in the following information). The 512-channel option is typically standard with all radios.

Channels

A channel selects an RF channel or talk group as follows:

Conventional Analog Mode - A channel selects a specific radio channel, Call Guard (CTCSS/DCS) squelch coding, and other parameters unique to that channel.

NOTE: Multi-Net operation can be programmed with Ascend models only .

1.2.5 FULL AND LIMITED KEYPAD MODELS

Both DTMF (18-key) and limited (6-key) models are available. The DTMF keypad version includes the 0-9, *, and # keys for making telephone calls (not currently available), entering unit or group ID numbers, and keypad programming.

Both models have the programmable F1-F4 option buttons and an Up/Down switch on the front panel. In addition, both models have a push-button and rotary switch on the top panel and three push-button switches on the side panel that are programmable. A menu mode can also be programmed with both models to select functions that are also selectable by the option buttons. Refer to Section 3 for more information on transceiver operation.

1.2.6 SYSTEMS, CHANNELS, AND ZONES

A zone and channel are selected to place and receive calls. The following describes the relationship between systems, channels, and zones.

Conventional Project 25 Mode - A channel selects a specific radio channel, NAC squelch coding, talk group ID, and other parameters unique to that channel.

Trunked Project 25 Mode - A channel selects a specific talk group, announcement group, emergency group, and other parameters unique to that talk group.

SMARTNET/SmartZone and Project 25 Trunked Operation - A channel selects a specific talk group,

announcement group, emergency group, and other parameters unique to that talk group.

As described in the preceding “Systems” description, a maximum of up to approximately 512 channels can be programmed. Although it is theoretically possible to program any combination of systems that produces up to 512 total channels, the maximum number is also limited by the available memory. For example, since more memory is required to program a SMARTNET system than a conventional system, the total number of channels decreases as the number of SMARTNET systems increases. The programming software displays a bar graph which shows the amount of available memory space that is used by the current data. Refer to Section 4 for more information.

1-2

GENERAL INFORMATION

Zones

A zone is a collection of up to 16 channels of any type. For example, a zone could include 12 conventional channels and 4 SMARTNET channels. One use of zones may be to program the channels used for operation in a specific geographical area. Up to 16 zones can be programmed with standard models and up to 32 can be programmed if the 512-channel option is enabled.

1.2.7 PROGRAMMING

Transceiver programming is performed using a PC-compatible computer, the EFJohnson 5100 Programming Cable, and PCConfigure™ programming software (see Table 1-1). A link to the PCConfigure programming manual is located in Section 4.

1.2.8 ALIGNMENT

Transceiver alignment is performed using EFJohnson PCTune software and test cable, and the same computer used for programming (see preceding section). All adjustments are made electronically using the software (no manual adjustments are required) . Refer to Section 6 for alignment and performance testing information.

1.3 PRODUCT WARRANTY

M (Model)

1 - 5100 series 2 - 51SL series 5 - Ascend series

F (Frequency Band)

1 - VHF (136-174 MHz) 2 - UHF (380-450 MHz) Federal Users Only 3 - UHF (403-470 MHz) 4 - UHF (450-512 MHz) 7 - 700-800 MHz 8 - 800 MHz 9 - 900 MHz

K (Keypad)

2 - Standard, Limited keypad (51xx/52xx only) 3 - Standard, DTMF keypad (51xx/52xx only) 4 - Standard, Limited keypad (55xx only) 5 - Standard, DTMF keypad (55xx only) 6 - Intrin Safe, Limited keypad (all models) 7 - Intrin Safe, DTMF keypad (all models)

A (Antenna)

0 - No antenna 1 - VHF 136-151 MHz 2 - VHF 151-162 MHz 3 - VHF 162-174 MHz 4 - UHF 403-520 MHz 6 - VHF 136-174 MHz 8 - 800 MHz

The warranty statement for this transceiver is available from your product supplier or from the Warranty Department, EFJohnson Company, 1440 Corporate Drive, Irving, TX 75038-2401. This information may also be requested from the Warranty Department by phone as described in Section 1.7. The Warranty Department may also be contacted for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms, or any other questions concerning warranties or warranty service.

1.4 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN

The following is a breakdown of the part number used to identify this transceiver. Some combinations are not available.

242-5MFK-ABC-xxD

B (Battery)

0 - No battery 1 - Ultra high capacity, NiMH 2 - Clamshell for alkaline batteries 6 - Intrin Safe, ultra high cap NiMH

C (Front Housing Color)

0 - Black 1 - Yellow 2 - Orange

xx - Software enabled features/options

These “xx” letters indicate other operating protocols and options that are enabled by factory programming. Options may include encryption, OTAR, 512 Talk Groups, Digital SMARTNET/ SmartZone, AES encryption, and others. Use the Transfer > Read Options From Radio menu

1-3

GENERAL INFORMATION

function of PCConfigure to determine which protocols and options are enabled in your radio (see Section 4).

D Encryption Hardware (see Section 1.13.2)

1 - No encryption hardware (software encryp) 2 - EFJ SEM module 3 - Motorola UCM module

1.5 TRANSCEIVER IDENTIFICATION

The transceiver identification number is printed on a label that is attached to the chassis. The following information is contained in the identification number:

PlantFrom P.N.

Warranty

Number

Model Revision

Letter

51xx 0 A 12 4 A 12345

Week No.

Manufacture

Date

Last Digit of Year

of Year

1.6 ACCESSORIES

NOTE: Emergency 24-hour technical support is also available at the 800 and pr eceding numbers d uring off hours, holidays, and weekends.

When your call is answered at the EFJohnson Company, you will hear a brief message informing you of numbers that can be entered to reach various departments. This number may be entered during or after the message using a tone-type telephone. If you wait until the message is finished and an operator will come on the line to assist you. When you enter some numbers, another number is requested to further categorize the type of information you need.

You may also contact the Customer Service Department by mail. Please include all information that may be helpful in solving your problem. The mailing address is as follows:

EFJohnson Company

Customer Service Department

1440 Corporate Drive

Irving, TX 75038-2401

The accessories available for this transceiver are

listed in Table 1-1.

1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE

The Customer Service Department of the EFJohnson Company provides customer assistance on technical problems and the availability of local and factory repair facilities. Regular Customer Service hours are 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. Central Time, MondayFriday . A technical support subscription service is available or support can be purchased on an as-needed basis. The Customer Service Department can be reached using the following telephone numbers:

Toll-Free: (800) 328-3911 (all except Multi-Net)

(800) 295-1773 (Multi-Net only) FAX: (972) 818-0639 E-Mail: customerservice@efjohnson.com

You can also e-mail a person directly if you know their first initial/last name (example: jsmith@efjohnson.com).

1.8 RETURNS FOR REPAIRS

Repair service is normally available through local authorized EFJohnson Land Mobile Radio Service Centers. However, before returning equipment, contact the Customer Service Repair Depot for the correct “Ship To” address. It is suggested that you call Tech Support as they may be able to suggest a solution to the problem that would make return of the equipment unnecessary.

Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form #271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or out of warranty. These forms are available free of charge by calling Customer Service (see Section 1.7) or by requesting them when you send a unit in for repair. Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the space provided and also note any prior physical damage to the equipment. Include this form in the shipping container with each unit. Your telephone number and contact name are important as there are times when the technicians may have specific questions that need to be answered in order to completely identify and repair a problem.

1-4

GENERAL INFORMATION

Table 1-1 Accessories

Accessory Part No.

Batteries

3600 mAH NiMH standard 587-5100-360 3600 mAH NiMH std intrin safe 587-5100-361* Battery case for AA alkaline 250-5100-280 Battery eliminator, 12V cigar. lighter plug 585-5100-270

Battery Chargers Kits

Charger kit, -210 chgr, -230 PS, US cord Charger kit, -215 chgr, -230 PS, US cord Charger kit, -210 chgr, -230 PS, Eur cord Charger kit, -215 chgr, -230 PS, Eur cord 4-unit charger kit, -240 station, four -210

chargers, US cord

4-unit chgr/cond kit, -240 station, four

-215 charger/conditioners, US cord 4-unit charger kit as above, Euro cord 4-unit chgr/cond kit as above, Euro cord Vehicular charger

Battery Charger Replacement Parts

Single-unit rapid chgr, w/o power supply Single-unit rapid chgr/cond w/o pwr sup Docking station, 4-unit for -210 (-250

power supply included)

Pwr supply, switching 120/230 VAC, 15V

2.0A, -152 cord required Power supply, switching 120/230 VAC

5.0A for docking stat., -152 cord req’d Wall mount kit for 4-unit docking station Power cord, AC 7-1/2 ft US Power cord, AC 6-1/2 ft Euro

Antennas

136-174 MHz helical wideband (red core) 136-151 MHz helical (yellow core) 151-166 MHz helical (black core) 166-174 MHz helical (blue core) 403-520 MHz whip dipole 800 MHz half-wave (red core) 800 MHz 1/4-wave (white core)

Carrying Accessories

Leather case with belt flap Leather case with belt flap (for use with

alkaline battery clamshell)

Leather case w/-132 D-swivel belt loop

250-5100-210 250-5100-215 250-5100-220 250-5100-225 250-5100-240

250-5100-245

250-5100-250 250-5100-255

585-5100-260

585-5100-210 585-5100-215 585-5100-240

585-5100-230

585-5100-250

585-5100-245 597-1001-152 597-1001-153

501-0017-100 501-0017-101 501-0017-103 501-0017-105 501-0017-107 501-0105-013 501-0105-012

585-5100-120 585-5100-121

585-5100-122

Table 1-1 Accessories (Continued)

Accessory Part No.

2.5” D-swivel belt loop only

3.0” D-swivel belt loop only Radio D-swiv button for -130/-132 loops Nylon case with D-swivel belt loop, blk Nylon case with D-swivel belt loop, yel Belt clip, 2-1/2” std spring loaded Belt clip, 3-1/4” long spring loaded

Speaker/Microphones and Earphones

Spkr/mic, coil cord w/2.5mm earphone jk Replacement coil cord for above spkr/mic Earphone kit, coil cord w/2.5mm rt angle

plug, for -057 spkr/mic

Spkr/mic, public safety, 800 MHz only,

501-0105-012 antenna req’d

Earphone kit, coil cord w/2.5mm straight

plug, for -057 spkr/mic Earphone adapter, w/3.5 mm thrd jack Lightwght headset w/inline PTT for -051 1-wire earphone kit, for -051 adapter 2-wire palm mic kit, for -051 adapter

Programming Accessories

5100 Programming Kit (-488 software,

-920 cable, CD manual) 5100 Programming Cable 5100 Cloning Cable PCConfigure programming software, CD

Adapter, DB9M-DB25F

Test Cables and Accessories

PCTune radio tuning software 023-9998-499 PCTune cable w/2.5mm audio out jack Patch cord, 2.5 mm phone plug to BNC

5100 Tuning Kit (-499 software, -940

cable, -950 patch cord) SMA F to BNC F adapter UI to Logic Board Test Cable

Encryption Keyloader Accessories

SMA (PDA) keyloader SMA keyloader to 5100 radio cable SMA keyloader to 5300 radio cable KVL 3000 keyloader to 5100 radio cable

585-5100-130 585-5100-132 585-5100-127 585-5100-125 585-5100-126 585-5100-128 585-5100-129

589-0015-057* 597-2002-101 589-5100-057*

589-0015-058*

589-5100-059*

589-5100-051* 589-0015-059* 589-5100-053* 589-5100-055*

250-5100-003

023-5100-920 023-5100-930 023-9998-488 515-9000-015

023-5100-940 023-5100-950 250-5100-005

515-3102-050 023-5100-955

250-5000-945 023-5000-940 023-5000-950 585-5000-932

* Accessory is approved for use with intrinsically safe radios.

1-5

GENERAL INFORMATION

When returning equipment for repair, it is also recommended that you use a PO number or some other reference number on your paperwork in case you need to call the repair lab about your unit. These numbers are referenced on the repair order and make it easier and faster to locate your unit in the lab.

Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not necessary unless you have been given one by the Field Service Department. RA numbers are required for exchange units or if the Field Service Department wants to be aware of a specific problem. If you have been given an RA number, reference this number on the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit. The repair lab will then contact the Field Service Department when the unit arrives. For additional information on factory service, the Depot Service Department can be contacted at the following E-mail address:

depotrepair@efjohnson.com

1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS

Replacement parts can be ordered directly from the Service Parts Department. T o order parts by phone, dial the toll-free number as described in Section 1.7. When ordering, please supply the part number and quantity of each part ordered. EFJohnson dealers also need to give their account number. If there is uncertainty about the part number, include the designator (C512, for example) and the model number of the equipment the part is from.

1.11 INTRINSICALLY SAFE INFORMATION

1.11.1 INTRODUCTION

Intrinsically safe 5100 transceivers have been approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation for operation in certain flammable atmospheres. The specific atmospheres in which operation is approved are shown in Section 1.11.5 and also on the label on the back cover of the transceiver.

WARNING

When servicing an intrinsically safe transceiver, these rules must be followed to maintain intrinsic safety:

• Service can be provided only by the factory or by

service centers specifically authorized by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation to service EFJohnson intrinsically safe transceivers. Contact Factory Mutual at the following address for information concerning their auditing procedure. Contact the EFJohnson Customer Service Department as described in Section 1.7 if you have questions.

Factory Mutual Research Corporation 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike P.O. Box 9102 Norwood, Massachusetts 02062 Phone: (617) 762-4300

• Replace the battery pack only with Intrinsically Safe

Battery Pack, Part No. 587-5100-361.

You may also send your order by mail or FAX. The mailing address is as follows and the FAX number is shown in Section 1.7.

EFJohnson Company

Service Parts Department

1440 Corporate Drive

Irving, TX 75038-2401

1.10 INTERNET HOME PAGE

The EFJohnson Company has an web site that can be accessed for information on the company about such things as products, systems, and regulations. The address is http://www.efjohnson.com.

• Do not make any modifications to the circuitry.

• When replacing a part, use only the exact replace-

ment part listed in the service manual parts list.

• Do not install any accessory that is not specifically

approved for use with intrinsically safe 5100 models. Approved accessories are indicated by an asterisk (*) in Table 1-1.

1.11.2 DEFINITIONS

Intrinsically Safe - This is a fire rating given to these transceivers by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation. When electrical equipment is given this rating, the equipment is considered incapable of releasing suffi-

1-6

GENERAL INFORMATION

cient electrical and thermal energy under normal operation or specified fault conditions per the testing standard to cause ignition of a specific flammable or combustible atmosphere in its most easily ignited concentration. In other words, this transceiver should not cause a fire or explosion when used in certain flammable atmospheres.

Fault - A defect or electrical breakdown of any component, spacing, or insulation which alone or in combination with other faults may adversely affect the electrical or thermal characteristics of the intrinsically safe circuit (for example, a shorted transistor).

1.11.3 POSSIBLE IGNITION SOURCES

When a transceiver is evaluated by Factory Mutual, possible sources of ignition are checked. These sources may be electrical (spark) or thermal (heat). The following could be sources of spark ignition:

• Discharge of a capacitive circuit by a fault such as a

short circuit.

• Interruption of an inductive circuit.

• Intermittent making or breaking of a resistive

circuit.

• Hot-wire fusing.

specified in the testing procedure occur. In other words, it must be able to withstand two simultaneous unrelated breakdowns without causing ignition. To receive a nonincendive rating, the transceiver needs to withstand only a single fault without causing ignition of a particular atmosphere.

1.11.5 CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS AND ATMOSPHERES

Introduction

This transceiver has been submitted for approval to operate in the following hazardous atmospheres and areas. Contact your sales representative or refer to the label on the back of the transceiver to determine the specific atmospheres and areas for which approval was obtained.

Intrinsically Safe - Class I, II, and III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F , and G. NOTE: Models with the UCM

module (P.N. 242-51xx-xxx-xx3) are not approved for Group C operation (see Section 1.12).

Nonincendive - Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D.

Temperature Code - T3C

The following could be sources of thermal

ignition:

• Heating of a small-gauge wire or PC board trace.

• High surface temperature of components.

1.11.4 INTRINSICALLY SAFE AND NONINCENDIVE RATINGS

This transceiver is rated intrinsically safe for some types of hazards and nonincendive for other types of hazards. An intrinsically safe rating applies to operation in Division 1 areas, and a nonincendive rating applies to operation in Division 2 areas (see next section). The difference between these ratings is as follows:

The intrinsically safe rating is a higher rating because more severe conditions must be met. To be approved for this rating, the transceiver must not cause ignition of a particular atmosphere if two of the faults

The meanings of these Class, Division, and

Group designations are as follows.

Classification of Hazardous Areas (Division)

Hazardous areas are classified as Division 1 or 2 as shown in Table 1-2. Since a Division 1 area is considered most hazardous, a transceiver approved for a specific Division 1 atmosphere can also be used in the same Division 2 atmosphere. The intrinsically safe rating applies to Division 1 areas and the nonincendive rating applies to Division 2 areas.

Atmosphere Classification (Class/Group)

For the purposes of testing and approval, various atmospheric mixtures have been grouped on the basis of their hazardous characteristics. Equipment is approved for a class of material and also for the specific group of gas, vapor, or dust in that class. Class I materials include gases and vapors, Class II materials

1-7

GENERAL INFORMATION

include combustible dusts, and Class III materials include ignitable fibers or flyings. The typical hazardous materials in each group and class are shown in Table 1-3.

Table 1-2 Area Classification

Division Area

Class I and II Materials (Gases, Vapors, and Dusts)

1 An area where there is or could be an explosive

atmosphere most of the time in normal operation

2 An area where an explosive atmosphere exists

only as a result of a fault (something going wrong)

Class III Materials (Fibers or Flyings)

1 An area in which easily ignitable fibers or mate-

rials producing combustible flyings are handled, manufactured, or used.

2 An area in which easily ignitable fibers are

stored or handled. An exception is in process of manufacture.

ceiver. These protocols digitize the voice and then encrypt it using the DES or AES algorithm and an encryption key. The following types of encryption are available on analog and digital channels:

Analog Conventional and SMARTNET/SmartZone Analog Channels

• DES

• DES-XL (5100 versions with UCM module

only; see Table 1-4)

Digital Project 25 and SMARTNET/SmartZone Channels

• DES-OFB (Output Feedback)

• AES (Advanced Encryption Standard). Later

5100 models only. Refer to Section 11 of the 5100 Operating Manual for more information (a link is located in Section 3).

Table 1-3 Material Classification

Typical Hazard Group Class

Acetylene A I Hydrogen B I Ethylene, ethyl ether, cyclopropane C I Gasoline, naphtha, butane, propane,

alcohol, acetone, benzol, natural gas Metal dust including aluminum, mag-

nesium, and their alloys Carbon black, coal, or coke dust F II Flour, starch, or grain dusts G II Ignitable fibers/flyings such as rayon

or cotton

EII

-III

1.12 SECURE COMMUNICATION

NOTE: Refer to Section 11 of the 5100 Operating Manual for more information on secure communication. A link to the operating manual is located in Section 3 of this manual.

General

SecureNet™ and AES voice encryption can be

used to provide secure communication with this trans-

FIPS 140-2 Approved Encryption

DES-OFB and AES encryption is FIPS 140-2 approved in 5100 models equipped with the SEM or UCM encryption module (see Table 1-4). DES encryption with the SEM on analog channels and DES-XL encryption with the UCM is not FIPS approved.

Over-The-Air-Rekeying (OTAR)

Encryption keys are loaded into the radio by OTAR (Over-The-Air-Rekeying) using a KMF (Key Management Facility) and/or a handheld keyloader such as the EFJohnson SMA (Subscriber Management Assistant) or Motorola KVL 3000 Plus with the AES option.

The keyloader is connected directly to the radio using an interconnect cable, and it loads DES, DESOFB, and AES keys. Currently, OTAR can be used to load DES-OFB keys on Project 25 conventional channels. Future OTAR of AES keys and on Project 25 trunked channels is planned. Refer to Section 8 of the 5100 Operating Manual for more OTAR information. A link to this manual is located in Section 3 of this manual.

1-8

GENERAL INFORMATION

SEGNAHC ELUDOM FR

A noisreV

-0115-32

471-431

100

zHM

B decalpeR

B noisreV

15-3

100-01

zHM 471-431

yB decalpeR

C noisreV

FHV

001-0055-585

zHM 471-431

zHM

083 F

5-320

-021

304 FH

5-320

-031

5-320

-041

zHM 008

ludom eseht enut

074-0

zHM

100

zHM 100

zHM 054 FHU 100

100-0815-320

zHM 074-304

zHM 215-054

zHM 078-608

ot desu eb nac 9.8.0.1 enuTCP

A noisreV

(

-0015-320

draoB IU

-0015-320

x.x.1 noisreV

0015

noitcudorP

tratS

)ylnO noitpyrcnE erawtfoS

draoB cigo

011

014

lnO

itpyrcnE erawtfo

elbaliava ton LX-S

devorppa SPIF toN

erawmriF

300

yB decalpeR

B decalp

yB decalpeR

FHV

U 0

zHM 083 FHU

100-0215-32

zHM 304 FH

100-0315-32

FHU

zHM 054

100-0415-3

zHM 008

100-0815-320

dne tnorf xr ronim evah seludom esehT

zHM 074-083

zHM 074-304

zHM 215-054

zHM 078-608

V enuTC

P ,)retal ro "B" retteL veR( ylno eludom

SEGNAHC CIGOL

B noisreV

M noitp

)

yrcnE etarapeS(

MES

-0015-32

elu

draoB cigoL MES

051-0015-320

draoB IU 054

draoB cigoL MCU

061-0015-320

draoB IU M

064

elbaliava ton LX-SED

devorppa SPIF

rawmriF x.x.2 noisr

noisreV htiw elbitapmoC

ylnO seludoM FR B dna A

elbaliava LX-SE

devorppa SPI

erawmriF x.x.3 noisreV

noisreV htiw elbitapmoC

O seludoM FR B dna

yln

4002

yB decalpeR

eht htiW .segnahc rehto dn

ro 01.1.1 noisre

.desu eb nac 9.8.0.1 noisreV ,srehto eht htiW .desu eb tsum retal

V enuTCP

deunitnocs

zHM 083 FHU 003-0055-585

zHM 304 FHU 003-0055-585

M 054 FHU

05-0055-585

zHM

008-007

007-0055-585

C noisreV htiw elbitapmo

l ro 0.

2 noisre

zHM 074-083

zHM 074-304

zHM 215-054

zHM 078-267

era taht seludom dengiseder yletelpmoC

igoL

.ylno c

.des

u eb tsum reta

C noisreV

cnE et

peS

ara

()

yB decalpeR

MES

0055-320

deunitnocsiD

elud

M noitpyr

draoB cigoL MES

021-0055-320

oB IU

dra 024-

elbaliava ton LX-SED

devorppa SPIF

erawmriF x.x.4 noisreV

noisreV htiw elbitapmoC

ylnO seludoM FR C

5002

Figure 1-1 Hardware Changes Flowchart

1.13 RADIO HARDWARE CHANGES

NOTE: Version A/B/C references in the following information are for descriptive purposes in this manual only and do not correspond to any radio revision letters or letters on the boards.

1.13.1 RF MODULE CHANGES

As shown in Figure 1-1, there have been three significant changes to the RF module used in 5100 series radios:

Version A - This is the original module version that was used until approximately late 2003. All versions of PCTune can be used to tune radios with these modules. The schematic diagrams and board layout for this VHF board are located in the Unrev_Bd folder and the other boards are located in Section 8.

Version B - The changeover to this version occurred starting in late 2003. This change was made because of part obsolescence. Significant changes occurred to only the VHF board, so this is the only board with revised schematics and layouts in this manual. With the UHF and 800 MHz boards, only minor layout and value changes occurred. The Version B boards are being replaced by the following Version C boards as they become available.

NOTE: PCTune, Version 1.10.0 or later must be used to tune VHF

radios with this board (see following).

PCTune Version 1.10.0 or later must be used to adjust radios with the Version B VHF board because of changes made in the front end. The earlier version (1.0.8.9) can still be used to tune all other Version B and all Version A boards.

1-9

GENERAL INFORMATION

The Revision Letter in the radio identification number (see Section 1.5) can be used to determine if a VHF radio has this new Version B board. Radios with a Revision Letter of “B” or later have the new board and PCTune 1.10.0 or later must be used.

Version C - These boards are a completely new design. Highlights of this board version are as follows:

• Because of different interface req uirements, the new

Version C logic and UI boards described in the next section must be used. This logic is PowerPC-based, similar to Version A and B.

• A new version of the PCTune software (2.0 or later)

is required to tune radios with these boards.

• The new 800 MHz version of this board operates on

both 700 and 800 MHz channels instead of on ly 800 MHz channels like the A and B versions. Therefore, radios with the Version C board can operate on channels from 762-870 MHz, while radios with the earlier Version A and B boards can operate only on channels from 806-870 MHz.

Radios with this new 700/800 MHz RF board have a “7” as the “F” character of the radio part number (see Section 1.4), while radios with the older A and B versions have an “8” for this character.

1.13.2 LOGIC AND UI BOARD CHANGES

As shown in Figure 1-1 and Table 1-4, there have been three significant changes to the control logic used in 51xx series radios. More information on these changes follows.

NOTE: The firmware version number (1.x/2.x/3.x) is briefly displayed when radio power is turned on.

Version A - This version of logic and UI boards provides software generated encryption (Version 1 in Table 1-4). DES-XL and FIPS 140-2 approval is not available with these models.

Version B - This version began shipping in mid 2003 to provide FIPS 140-2 approved and DES-XL encryption. SEM and UCM versions of these boards are available (Versions 2 and 3 in Table 1-4). These boards have separate encryption modules to provide encryption instead of doing it through software. The SEM and UCM versions are functionally the same except only the UCM version provides DES-XL encryption. Normally, the SEM version is used unless DES-XL encryption is required.

Version C - This version of the logic and UI boards is a new design that is required to interface with the new Version C RF module. Only a SEM version will be offered (similar to Version 2 in Table 1-4). This version of boards has more Flash and RAM memory to allow additional features to be added if necessary. This logic version uses Version 4.x.x firmware.

1-10

Table 1-4 51xx Family Logic and Firmware Versions

GENERAL INFORMATION

Application

Logic/Radio Version [1]

(Firmware)

Code Base

Version 1 (No Module/Software Encryption)

Current standard version which uses the -110 Logic board and -410 UI Board. Not FIPS approved.

Version 2 (uses EFJ SEM module)

Current version which has the EFJohnson SEM (Subscriber Encryption Module) on the logic board. This version uses the -150 Logic and -450 UI boards. All radios include the SEM, and the desired encryption options (if any) are enabled by factory programming. FIPS approved.

Version 3 (uses Motorola UCM module)

Current version which has the Motorola UCM (Universal Crypto Module) on the logic board. This version uses the -160 Logic and -460 UI boards, and is ordered when DES-XL encryption is required. FIPS approved.

Version 4 (uses EFJ SEM module)

New version designed for use with the new Version C RF modules described in Section 1.13.1. It uses the same EFJohnson SEM (Subscriber Encryption Module) as Version 2 boards above. This version uses 5500-120 Logic and 5500-420 UI boards. All radios include the SEM, and the desired encryption options (if any) are enabled by factory programming. FIPS approved.

[1] The version number of Versions 1-3 is also indicated by the 13th digit of the radio part number (242-51xx-xxx-xxV).

1.xx Yes No Yes Yes

2.xx Yes No Yes Yes

3.xx Yes Yes Yes Yes

4.xx Yes No Yes Yes

Analog Channel

Encryption

DES DES-XL DES-OFB AES

Digital Channel

Encryption

1-11

GENERAL INFORMATION

5100 PORTABLE SPECIFICATIONS

The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver. For current advertised specifications, refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative. Values are typical and are subject to change without notice.

GENERAL

Frequency Range VHF: 136-174 MHz

UHF: 380-470 MHz, 403-470 MHz, 450-512 MHz 700/800 MHz: 762-870 MHz, 800 MHz: 806-870 MHz (see Section 1.2.2)

Available Operating Modes Conventional analog, Project 25 conv. and trunked, SMARTNET/SmartZone

analog and digital (see Section 1.2.4) Channels/Talk Groups Up to 512 (dependent on available memory) Transmit/Receive Separation Any frequency within the range Channel Spacing VHF: 12.5, 25, and 30 kHz

UHF: 12.5 and 25 kHz

700/800 MHz: 12.5 and 25 kHz Maximum Deviation 25 kHz analog - 5 kHz

12.5 kHz analog - 2.5 kHz

12.5 kHz analog NPSPAC - 4.0 kHz

Frequency Stability VHF/UHF - 2.0 PPM, 700/800 MHz - 1.5 PPM (–22 to +140° F or –30 to

+60° C) Dimensions (w/o antenna) 6.7” H x 2.52” W x 1.9” D (17.0 cm x 6.4 cm x 4.8 cm) Weight (w/std battery) 24 oz. (675 g) Supply Voltage 7.2 volts DC nominal Battery Life 13 hours typical w/std 3600 mAH battery Current Drain (maximum Standby - 200/210 mA (with Ver A B/Ver C RF board, see Section 1.13.1)

w/o backlight, w/backlight Receive (rated audio out) - 400/430 mA add 100 mA) Low Tx Power - 1.5/1.3 A

High Tx Power - 2.8/2.4 A

RECEIVER

Sensitivity 0.25 µV (analog mode 12 dB SINAD), 0.25 µV (digital mode 5% BER) Selectivity –75 dB Spurious and Image Rejection –75 dB (VHF/UHF), –80 dB (700/800 MHz) Intermodulation –78 dB (VHF), –77 dB (UHF), –75 dB (700/800 MHz) Maximum Frequency Spread Any spread within the range Audio Power Output 500 mW Audio Distortion Less than 2% at 1 kHz

TRANSMITTER

RF Power Output VHF: 5W (high), 1W (low)

UHF: 4W (high), 1W (low)

700 MHz: 2.5W (high/TA), 1W (low)

800 MHz: 3W (high), 1W (low), 2.5 TA Spurious and Harmonic Emissions –70 dB (VHF/UHF), –75 dB (700/800 MHz) FM Hum and Noise –45 dB at 25 kHz bandwidth Audio Modulation 16K0F3E, 8K10F1E (all), 11K0F3E (VHF/UHF), 14K0F3E (700/800 MHz) Audio Distortion Less than 2% at 1 kHz Maximum Frequency Spread Any spread within the band

1-12

BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

SECTION 2 BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

Battery Release

Button

Figure 2-1 Battery Removal

2.1 BATTERY INFORMATION

2.1.1 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

To remove the battery from the radio for recharging or replacement, press the release button (see Figure 2-1) and then rotate it upward to the approximate point shown and remove it from the radio.

2.1.2 BATTERY CHARGING

NOTE: Do not charge the battery with radio power on (see following).

The battery can be charged separately or while attached to the radio. When it is charged while attached to the radio, radio power should be turned off. If it is not, the battery begins slowly discharging when the trickle charge mode is entered. The trickle mode is indicated by a green Ready indication, and it is entered automatically when the battery is nearly fully charged. Gradual discharging occurs in the trickle mode because the charge current of approximately 50 mA is less than the radio standby current of 200 mA.

CAUTION: Do not transmit in close proximity to the charger base (see following).

Do not expose the charger base to high level RF signals while a battery is being charged because this may cause a charger fuse to blow (especially in the UHF range). Radios programmed for SMARTNET/ SmartZone operation, for example, may affiliate while in the charger which causes them to key automatically . Therefore, do not leave radio power on while charging as described above.

2.1.3 PREVENTING LOSS OF ENCRYPTION

KEYS

NOTE: Later models (manufactured in 2003 and later) have reduced storage time as follows.

If Infinite Key Retention is not programmed, the transceiver must be connected to a constant power source to preserve the encryption keys in memory. Storage capacitors maintain the supply voltage (and these keys) for approximately 30 seconds

to allow the battery to be changed. Therefore, when changing the battery of a transceiver containing keys, make sure to reattach another battery within 30 seconds.

Models with Flash code 1.11.0 or later can be programmed for Infinite Key Retention. The keys are then stored in memory and are not lost, even if power is disconnected for an extended period.

2-1

BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

2.1.4 BATTERY CARE

WARNING: Do not incinerate a battery pack because it may explode. Also, do not short circuit the terminals because the battery pack and the object causing the short may become very hot. Do not disassemble or modify a battery pack.

Proper battery care enhances the useful life of the battery. The battery should be recharged as soon a practical after the low battery indication appears (see Section 3). Follow the charging instructions in the manual included with the charger. When the battery

fails to hold a charge or provides only a very short operating time, it must be replaced with a new unit.

A fully charged battery provides approximately 13 hours of service before recharging is required. This time assumes that 5% of the time is spent transmitting, 5% in the receive unsquelched mode, and 90% in the receive squelched mode. The operating time may be less if more time is spent in the transmit or unsquelched modes, or if the battery is not fully charged or its capacity has deteriorated. Be sure to dispose of the nickel metal-hydride (NiMH) battery pack in accordance with local waste regulations.

2.2 BELT CLIP INSTALLATION

Remove the battery and slide the belt clip into the slot on the battery as shown in Figure 2-2. To remove the clip, simply slide it out. It is held in place by the chassis when the battery is installed on the radio.

Figure 2-2 Belt Clip Installation

2-2

BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

Figure 2-3 Accessory Installation

Install Lock Screw Here

Accessory Connector

Latch

Hook

2.3 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

To connect an accessory such as a speakermicrophone to the transceiver, refer to Figure 2-3 and proceed as follows:

1. Remove the dust cover over the accessory jack on

the side of the transceiver.

2. Insert the hook of the accessory connector into the

slot on the side of the transceiver.

3. Hold the latch open, press the connector against the

transceiver, and then release the latch to lock the connector in place.

4. Install the included locking screw in the latch tab in

the location shown.

Option Select Lines

Opt Sel 1 (pin 1) and Opt Sel 2 (pin 5) of the UDC (accessory) connector indicate to the control logic when an accessory is connected and what accessory is installed. These lines function as follows:

Opt Sel 1 and 2 High (3.3V) - This is the normal operating condition in which no accessory is connected. Both lines are pulled high (3.3V) by internal pull-up resistors.

Opt Sel 1 Low - A speaker-microphone or some other accessory is connected. Opt Sel 2 then functions as an external PTT line (low = PTT), and the radio PTT switch is also functional. The internal speaker and microphone are disabled.

Opt Sel 1 High, Opt Sel 2 Low - The encryption keyloader is connected.

2-3

BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

2.4 TRANSCEIVER DISASSEMBLY

2.4.1 SEPARATING FRONT COVER AND CHASSIS

1. Remove the antenna.

2. Insert a small flat-blade screwdriver or similar tool between the plastic front cover and metal chassis as shown below. Carefully lift the chassis out of the cover with the screwdriver blade. Raise it to approximately the point shown in the next illustration.

Front Cover

Metal Chassis

3. Slide the chassis out of the top part of the front cover.

NOTE: Before reassembling the front cover and chassis, make sure the UDC (accessory) connector flex circuit is flat against the side of the front cover. If it is not, the RF board shield clip may catch and damage it.

4. When reassembling, make sure the perimeter gasket is in place, and then use the screwdriver blade again as a guide to prevent damage to the bottom part of the gasket as the chassis slides back in place. Firmly press the chassis and the cover together until they snap in place.

2-4

BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

2.4.2 REMOVING RF AND LOGIC BOARDS FROM CHASSIS

1. Separate the front cover and chassis as described in the preceding section. The RF and logic boards are located inside the metal chassis as shown below.

RF Board

Logic Board

2. Remove the shields over the RF and logic boards. These shields insert in slots on one side of the chassis and then clip to the other side of the chassis. These shields also hold the boards in place.

3. Unplug the antenna cable from the RF board using a plier or similar tool at the location shown below. Unlock the logic board flex circuit by sliding the tab on the connector outward. The RF and logic boards can now be removed.

Unplug Ant Jack Cable

Unlock Flex

Circuit

RF Module

4. When handling these boards, mi nimize bending of the flex circuit to prevent it from being damaged. Before replacing the RF board, make sure there is adequate heat sink compound on the pad under the RF module.

2-5

BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

2.4.3 REMOVING UI (USER INTERFACE) BOARD

1. Separate the front cover and chassis as described in Section 2.4.1. The UI board is located inside the front cover as shown below.

Microphone

UI Board

Unsolder

Wires

Remove

Unlock

Flex Circuits

Screws

2. Unlock the three flex circuits shown above by sliding the tab on each connector outward. Carefully slide the flex circuits out of the connectors, taking care to minimize bending which could crack the traces.

3. Remove the two screws shown above. If required, also unsolder the two speaker wires.

4. Carefully lift the bottom end of the UI board upward (guide the microphone out of its cavity). Then slide the UI board out of the radio.

5. When reinstalling the UI board, the display assembly on the bottom of the board must slide into the area above the keypad (see following illustration). If the UI board does not lie flat against the keypad after it is installed, the display is probably hanging up on the keypad. Do not force it in place. Reorient the keypad and UI board as required until the display slides into place. Also make sure that the optic fiber bundle slides under the boss on the switch assembly, and the microphone is properly positioned back in its cavity.

Keypad

Display Area

2-6

BATTERY, ACCESSORY, AND DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

2.4.4 REMOVING SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Separate the front cover and chassis as described in Section 2.4.1. Then remove the UI board as described in the preceding section.

2. Pull the rubber knobs and plastic channel number ring off the shafts.

3. To remove the position indicator ring under the channel knob, turn the channel switch so that the flat part of the shaft is toward one of the tangs (see below). Then insert a tweezers or similar tool under both tangs and push it inward to release the tangs from the groove in the shaft.

4. Remove the spanner nut on each shaft and slide the switch assembly out of the cover.

2-7

SECTION 3 OPERATION

3.1 GENERAL

The operation of the 5100 transceiver is included in a separate manual that is included on the CD-ROM with this manual.

OPERATION

3-1

TRANSCEIVER PROGRAMMING

SECTION 4 TRANSCEIVER PROGRAMMING

5100 Programming Cable Connect To Serial Port

Part No. 023-5100-920

Figure 4-1 Programming Setup

4.1 PROGRAMMING SETUP

The following items are required to program the transceiver. The part numbers of this equipment are shown in Table 1-1 in Section 1. The programming set-up is shown above.

• Computer running Windows

software

• 5100 Programming Cable, Part No. 023-5100-920

• PCConfigure programming software, Part No.

023-9998-488.

NOTE: The -920 cable, -488 software, and a CD manual are included in the 5100 Series Programming Kit, Part No. 250-5100-003.

4.2 COMPUTER DESCRIPTION

The computer used to run this program should meet the following minimum requirements:

• Windows 95/98/NT/2000

• Pentium

processor or equivalent

• At least 16 MB of RAM

• A hard disk drive with at least 4 MB of free space

• A CD-ROM drive

• An available serial port

4.3 USING THE PCCONFIGURE SOFTWARE

The PCConfigure software is described in a separate manual included on the CD-ROM with the service manual.

Tone (CTCSS) and digital (DCS) Call Guard tones and 800 MHz channel frequencies are located in the back of the above manual.

NOTE: The latest programming manual is also included on the PCConfigure CD-ROM.

4-1

TRANSCEIVER PROGRAMMING

4.4 CLONING PROCEDURE

The Clone feature allows one radio to be used to program another with identical information. The PCConfigure programming software is not required. Only conventional analog and Project 25 zones can be programmed with this feature. SMARTNET/SmartZone and Project 25 trunked information is not transferred. The Clone option switch must be programmed on the master radio. With the latest 5100 versions, both wireless and wired cloning are available.

For more information on cloning one radio with another, refer to Section 14 of the PCConfigure Manual included on the CD-ROM with this service manual. To open this manual, click the link on the preceding page or go to the PCConfigure directory on the CD and open the file “Manual.pdf”.

4-2

SECTION 5 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

5.1 GENERAL OVERVIEW

5.1.1 INTRODUCTION

The EFJohnson 5100 series digital portable radio uses a PowerPC Processor (DSP) to provide the following modes of operation:

Narrowband Analog - FM modulation with a maximum deviation of 2.5 kHz. This mode is usually used in systems where the channel spacing is 12.5 kHz. Call Guard (CTCSS or DCS) subaudible squelch signaling can be used in this mode.

Wideband Analog - FM modulation with a maximum deviation of 5 kHz. This mode is usually used in systems where the channel spacing is 25 kHz or 30 kHz. Call Guard (CTCSS or DCS) subaudible squelch signaling can be used in this mode.

Project 25 Digital - The voice is digitized, error corrected, optionally encrypted and transmitted using C4FM modulation according to the Project 25 standard. This mode can be used in channel spacings of

12.5 kHz.

The DSP processes the received signals and generates the appropriate output signals. The microcontroller controls the hardware and provides an interface between hardware and DSP.

PC Boards

This radio contains the following PC boards:

-based controller and a Digital Signal

the various buttons and switches. It also controls the display and performs all RS-232 communications between the radio and remote computer stations for the purposes of radio programming, tuning, encryption key loading and software downloading.

The Logic Board contains the digital audio processing circuitry which includes the CODEC (or ADSIC with early versions) and DSP devices.

NOTE: The next two sections (5.1.2 and 5.1.3) describe operation with the revised logic (Version C in Section 1.13). Generally, the Digital IF chip on the revised RF board replaces the ABACUS chip on the early version, and the CODEC on the revised logic board replaces the ADSIC chip on the early version.

5.1.2 ANALOG MODE

Receive Mode

The signal is routed from the antenna connector to the RF Board where it is filtered, amplified, and mixed with the first local oscillator frequency generated by the synthesizer. The resulting IF signal is also filtered and amplified and sent to the AD9864 digital IF chip.

The signal is then mixed with the second local oscillator frequency to create a second IF signal. The second IF signal is then sampled and downconverted to baseband. The baseband signal is then decimated to a lower sample rate that is selectable at 20 kHz. This signal is then routed via a serial interface from the IF chip to the DSP on the logic board.

• RF Board

• Logic Board

• User Interface (UI) Board

• Five flex circuits that provide interconnection with

the RF board, display, top panel controls, side buttons, and UDC (accessory) connector.

The User Interface Board provides the input/ output interface for the user. It contains the PowerPC processor which is the main controller for the transceiver. It also contains the keypad and has inputs for

On the logic board the DSP digitally filters the input signal and performs frequency discrimination to obtain the message signal. The DSP first performs a carrier- detection squelch function on the radio. If a signal is determined to be present, the audio portion of the signal is resampled and then filtered appropriately. The filtered signal is then routed back to a D/A in the CODEC to produce an analog signal for output to the audio power amplifier and then the speaker. Any detected signaling information is decoded and the resulting information is sent to the microcontroller.

5-1

VHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Transmit Mode

The signal from the microphone is amplified and then routed to the CODEC chip where it is first digitized and then sent to the DSP. The DSP performs the required filtering, adds the desired signaling, converts the sample rate and then sends the resulting signal back to a D/A in the CODEC to produce the analog modulation signals for the VCOs. The modulated VCO signal is then sent to the RF power amplifier and transmitted.

5.1.3 PROJECT 25 DIGITAL MODE

Introduction

In Project 25 Digital Mode, the carrier is modulated with four discrete deviation levels. These levels are ± 600 Hz and ± 1800 Hz. Digitized voice is created using an IMBE™ vocoder.

Receive Mode

This bit stream in then encoded, two bits at a time, into a digital level corresponding to one of the four allowable frequency deviations. This produces 16-bit symbols with a rate of 4800 Hz. The symbols are resampled to a rate of 48 kHz and filtered to comply with channel bandwidth requirements. The filtered signal is then sent to a D/A in the CODEC to produce the analog modulation signal for the VCO. The modulated VCO signal is then mixed up to the final transmit frequency and then sent to the RF PA for transmission.

5.2 VHF RF BOARD (Version C)

NOTE: The following describes the new revised Version C RF board described in Section 1.13.1. The RF Board is not field serviceable. It must be replaced as a unit with a new board.

The signal is processed in the same way as an analog mode transmission until after the squelch function is performed. If a signal is detected to be present, the DSP resamples the signal from 20 kHz to 24 kHz. This is done so that the sample rate is an integer multiple (5x) of the data rate of the digital modulation which is 4800 symbols/sec (9600 bits/sec).

The resampled signal is then processed by a demodulator routine to extract the digital information. The resulting bit stream (9600 bps) is sent to a routine that performs unframing, error-correction, and voice decoding. The result of these operations is a reconstructed voice signal sampled at 8 kHz. The sampled voice signal is sent to a D/A in the CODEC to produce an analog signal for output to the audio power amplifier and speaker.

Transmit Mode

The microphone signal is processed as in the analog mode until it reaches the DSP. At this point the audio signal is processed by a voice encoding routine to digitize the information. The resulting samples are then converted to a bit stream that is placed into the proper framing structure and error protected. The resulting bit stream has a bit rate of 9600 Hz.

5.2.1 RECEIVER

Front End Bandpass Filter

A harmonic filter is followed by a PIN diode transmit/receive switch. Following this switch a fixed tuned bandpass filter is used at the front-end of the receiver. This filter provides first image rejection with minimal loss in order to provide the desired receiver sensitivity. Following the filter a variable attenuator is used to increase the dynamic range of the receiver when receiving high level signals.

Front End LNA and Bypass Switching

The Low Noise Amplifier (LNA) is critical in determining the overall noise figure of the receiver chain. An MGA-71543 amplifier (U39) provides optimum noise figure, gain, intercept point, and power consumption.

Post-LNA Bandpass Filters

An additional bandpass filter is located after the LNA. This filter is identical to the front end filter previously described and provides additional image rejection.

5-2

136 - 174 MHz

Antenna

Harmonic

Filter

T/R Switch

BPF 1

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

VHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)

RF / Logic

Interface

SPI

Clk

SPI

MOSI

SPI

MISO

SPI

Addr1

SPI

Addr2

SPI

Addr3

Clk

Data

Frame

Sync Lock

Enable

Lock

Detect

nTxEna

nTxNap

TxMod1

TxMod2

Temp

Unswitc

Batt

3.3V

5.5V

BPF

15 kHz

64.455 MHz

15 kHz

Switch

200 - 239 MHz

Receiver Back End

D0-D5

VCO

LNA

BPF 2

ILR

374.4 MHz

IRL

136 - 174 MHz

DRIVER

D0-D5

VCO

BPF

SPI

RFOut

RX PLLRF

Reference

TX PLLRF

PLL

SPI

1Kbit

EEPROM

SPI

8ch

DAC

SPI

REF

SPI

REF

SPI

REF

High Frequency Modulation

16.8 MHz

VCXO

16.8 MHz

VCXO

SPI Addr

RF Out

Low Frequency

Modulation

Power Control

Figure 5-1 VHF RF Board Block Diagram (Version C)

Mixer and LO Filter

A double-balanced, low-level ADEX-10L mixer (MX1) with a LO drive level of +4 dBm is used for the first conversion. This mixer provides a good dynamic range with a 3 dB lower LO drive than the more traditional +7 dBm drive mixers. This reduces power consumption and also the conducted and radiated local oscillator leakage from the receiver.

High side injection is used to provide optimum spurious performance. A LO filter prior to the mixer LO port reduces wideband noise from the LO synthesizer which improves receiver sensitivity.

IF Filter and Amplifier

A two-pole 64.455 MHz crystal filter (U2) is used to provide the desired level of adjacent channel rejection while providing minimal amplitude and phase distortion within a 25 KHz bandwidth. Shields are installed around the crystal filter to provide sufficient isolation to meet the second image response specifica-

tions and to minimize noise pickup by the impedancematching inductors (L1, L2, L3, L4 and L7.)

A transistor IF amplifier (Q1) and supporting circuitry is required to boost the signal strength, thereby reducing the overall noise figure. The noise figure, signal gain, intercept point, and power consumption are optimized in this design. An additional two-pole 64.455 MHz crystal filter (U25) is used to increase the adjacent channel rejection. An LC circuit provides the required impedance matching between the output of the IF filter and the input of the backend chip (U11.)

Back End IC

An Analog Devices AD9864 IF Digitizing Subsystem IC (U11) provides a variety of functions for the receiver as follows:

Second Local Oscillator

- A varactor-tuned transistor (Q2) oscillator is phase-locked to a fixed frequency of 62.355 MHz for converting the first

5-3

VHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

IF of 64.455 MHz to a second IF frequency of 2.1 MHz. Phase Locked Loop circuitry inside of the AD9864 operates with a phase-detector frequency of 15 kHz.

Second Conversion Mixer and Filtering

- A mixer

inside the AD9864 converts from the first IF of

64.455 MHz to the second IF of 2.1 MHz. External filters (L29 and L30) provide IF bandpass filtering. Additional filtering is provided by the inherent operation of the sigma-delta analog/digital converters.

Gain Control

- This device provides up to 12 dB of AGC range via a combination of analog and digital controls. Additionally, there is a 16 dB attenuator in the front end. The optimum settings are controlled by the host microprocessor.

Analog/Digital Conversion and Processing

Sigma-delta converters provide I and Q sampling directly from the second IF frequency. The resulting digital words are first filtered by internal programmable FIR filters and then clocked out of the AD9864 via a serial data bus using a programmable data rate.

5.2.2 SYNTHESIZER

The following three phase locked loops are used in the VHF radio module to provide the required overall functionality and performance levels.

Receive PLL

The receive PLL provides a signal that is in the frequency range of 200 to 239 MHz. In receive mode it is programmed for a frequency that is 64.455 MHz above the receive frequency. In transmit mode it is programmed for a frequency that is equal to 374.4 MHz minus the desired transmit frequency.

Reference PLL

The reference PLL phase locks the receive PLL reference oscillator to the transmit PLL reference oscillator with a loop bandwidth of less than 10 Hz. This PLL ensures that the center frequency of both reference oscillators are the same. It also limits the modulation of the receive PLL reference oscillator by the low frequency modulation applied to the transmit PLL reference oscillator.

PLL IC

Two CX72301 sigma-delta modulated PLL chips (U29 & U46) are used for the PLLs described above. This PLL chip provides good phase noise capabilities to reduce adjacent channel interference and quick switching between the receive and transmit modes.

Reference Oscillators

One 16.8 MHz oscillator (Y1) is used as the frequency reference for the receive PLL and also for the receiver backend IC.

The other 16.8 MHz oscillator (Y2) is used as the frequency reference to the transmit PLL. The center frequency of this oscillator is corrected using a DC tuning voltage from the digital board in the receive mode and it is modulated with voice or data in the transmit mode.

The receive PLL reference oscillator is phase locked to the transmit PLL reference oscillator as discussed above.

Analog Switches and PLL Loop Filters

An analog switch (U17) provides faster switching of signals during channel changes by varying the time constant of the PLL loop filter.

Transmit PLL

The transmit PLL phase locks a transmit oscillator that is operating at an output frequency of 138 to 174 MHz. The RF signal into the PLL chip is created by mixing the transmit frequency with the receive PLL frequency to generate a mix frequency of 374.4 MHz. This provides low frequency modulation of the VCO by modulating the transmit PLL reference frequency.

5.2.3 TRANSMITTER

Modulation

A “dual-port” modulation scheme is used to provide the DC coupling of the signal required for data modulation applications. In this scheme, modulation applied to the transmit PLL frequency reference provides low-frequency modulation, and modulation

5-4

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

UHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)VHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)

applied to the transmit PLL transmit VCO (U47) provides high-frequency modulation. Signals for both modulation ports are provided by DACs on the digital board.

Power Amplifier

The power amplifier (U3) is a Mitsubishi RA07M1317M module. This PA module provides the desired RF power output level and is stable over a wide range of VSWR conditions. The PA is driven by a SGA-6589 driver (U20) that typically provides +21 dBm output power. The PA is turned on and off by switching the power to this driver via transistor D10.

ALC

To maintain the specified transmitter output power level, Automatic Level Control (ALC) is used to control the drive level to the PA. The detected forward power is compared to a reference level provided by the digital board via op amp U21A. The resulting error voltage is applied to a power level control port of the power amplifier module. Transmitter on/off splatter filtering is provided by an RC network (R76, R12, C43 and C141.)

fixed tuned bandpass filters are used in the front-end of the receiver. Depending on the desired receive band, the appropriate filter is selected using RF switches (U37/U41). This filter provides first-image rejection with minimal loss in order to provide the desired level of receiver sensitivity. A va riable attenuator, which follows the filter, increases the dynamic range of the receiver when receiving high-level signals.

Front End LNA and Bypass Switching

Post-LNA Bandpass Filters

Additional bandpass filters are positioned after the LNA. These filters are identical to the front-end filters previously described. RF switches U42 and U40 are used to select between the two bands. These filters provide additional image rejection.

Mixer and LO Filter

T/R Switching and Harmonic Filter

The output of the power amplifier is applied to the transmit/receive RF PIN switch (D12/D13). This is a high dynamic-range switch that is capable of passing the desired transmit power with minimal compression. Any harmonics generated by the PA module and the RF T/R switch are filtered by a harmonic filter that is located between the RF T/R switch and the antenna jack.

5.3 UHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)

NOTE: The following describes the new revised Version C RF board described in Section 1.13.1. The RF Board is not field serviceable. It must be replaced as a unit with a new board.

5.3.1 RECEIVER

Front End Bandpass Filter

A harmonic filter is followed by a PIN diode transmit/receive switch. Following the switch, two

A double-balanced, low-level ADEX-10L mixer (MX1) with a LO drive level of +4 dBm is used for the first conversion. This mixer provides good dynamic range with a 3 dB lower LO drive than the more traditional +7 dBm drive mixers. This reduces power consumption and also the conducted and radiated local oscillator leakage from the receiver.

For the low band UHF version, a high-side mix is used for the 380-444 MHz receive band and a low-side mix is used for the 444-470 MHz receive band. For the high band UHF version, a high-side mix is used for the 450-455 MHz receive band and a low-side mix is used for the 455-520 MHz receive band. This band plan reduces the tuning range requirements for the VCOs.

A LO filter is used prior to LO port of the mixer to reduce the impact of wideband noise from the LO synthesizer on the receiver sensitivity.

IF Filter and Amplifier

A two-pole 64.455 MHz crystal filter (U2) is used to provide the desired level of adjacent channel

5-5

Antenna

Jack

Switch

Harmonic

Filter

Bandpass

Filters

380-444 MHz

(450-455 MHz)

444-470 MHz

(455-520 MHz)

T/R PIN

Switch

AT-267

Var Atten

Switch

Switch 2

Mitsubishi RA07M

Power Control

MGA-71543

LNA Bypass

LNA

Switch

RF2361

DRIVER

Sirenza SGA 6589

TX Pwr Control

UHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)

Bandpass

Filters

380-444 MHz

(450-455 MHz)

Switch

444-470 MHz

(455-520 MHz)

VCO

444 - 509 MHz

(455 - 520 MHz)

VCO

380 - 445 MHz

(391 - 456 MHz)

Switch

MIXER

64.455 MHz 15 KHz BW

ADEX-10L

ILR

BPF

PLL

SPI

IF Amp

MMBR941

16.8 MHz

64.455 MHz 15 KHz BW

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Receiver Back End

Fif = 2.1MHz

RF Out

AD9864

SPI

Low Frequency Modulation

High Frequency Modulation

RX Band Select

VCO Select

RX LNA Bypass

TX Pwr Control

62.355 MHz

1Kbit

EEPROM

8 ch 8 bit DAC

RF / Logic

Interface

SPI

Clk

SPI

MOSI

SPI

MISO

SPI

Addr1

SPI

SPI Addr

Addr2

SPI

Addr3

Clk

RF Out

Data

Frame

Sync Lock

Enable

Lock

Detect

nTxEna

nTxNap

TxMod2

TxMod1

Temp

Unswitched

Battery

3.3V

5.5V

Figure 5-2 UHF RF Board Block Diagram (Version C)

rejection while providing minimal amplitude and phase distortion within a 25 KHz bandwidth. Shields installed around the crystal filter provide sufficient isolation to meet the second image response specifications and minimize noise pickup by the impedancematching inductors (L1, L2, L3, L4 and L7.)

A transistor IF amplifier (Q1 and supporting circuitry) is required to boost the signal strength, thereby reducing the overall noise figure. The noise figure, signal gain, intercept point, and power consumption are optimized in this design. An additional two-pole 64.455 MHz crystal filter (U25) is used to increase the adjacent channel rejection. An LC circuit provides the required impedance matching between the output of the IF filter and the input of the backend chip (U11.)

Back End IC

An Analog Devices AD9864 IF Digitizing Subsystem IC (U11) provides a variety of functions for the receiver as follows:

Second Local Oscillator

- A varactor-tuned transistor (Q2) oscillator is phase-locked to a fixed frequency of 62.355 MHz for converting the first IF of 64.455 MHz to a second IF frequency of 2.1 MHz. Phase Locked Loop circuitry inside of the AD9864 operates with a phase-detector frequency of 15 kHz.

Second Conversion Mixer and Filtering

- A mixer

inside the AD9864 converts from the first IF of

Gain Control

5-6

UHF RF BOARD (VERSION C)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Analog / Digital Conversion and Processing Sigma-delta converters provide I and Q sampling directly from the second IF frequency. The resulting digital words are first filtered by internal programmable FIR filters and then clocked out of the AD9864 via a serial data bus using a programmable data rate.

5.3.2 SYNTHESIZER

PLL IC

A CX72301 sigma-delta modulated PLL (U29) forms the basis of the main synthesizer that is used for both receive and transmit modes. This PLL chip provides good phase noise capabilities to reduce adjacent channel interference and quick switching between the receive and transmit modes.

In receive mode the PLL is programmed for a local oscillator frequency that is 64.455 MHz away from the receive frequency. In transmit mode the PLL is programmed directly for the transmit frequency.

Reference Oscillator

A RF2361 buffer amplifier (U6) provides the required level of drive for the receiver mixer's local oscillator signal as discussed above.

5.3.3 TRANSMITTER

Modulation

A “dual-port” modulation scheme is used in order to provide DC coupling of the signal required for data modulation applications. Modulation applied to the PLL's frequency reference provides low-frequency modulation, whereas modulation applied to the PLL's transmit VCO's (U1 and U5) provide high-frequency modulation. Signals for both modulation ports are provided from DACs on the digital board.

Power Amplifier

The power amplifier (U3) is a Mitsubishi RA07M4047M-01 module for the low band version and a Mitsubishi RA07M4452M-01 module for the high band version. The PA module provides the desired RF power output level and is stable over a wide range of VSWR conditions. The PA is driven by a SGA-6589 driver (U20) that typically provides +21 dBm output power. The PA is turned on and off by switching the power to this driver via transistor D10.

A 16.8 MHz oscillator (Y1) is used as the frequency reference to the synthesizer and also to the receiver backend IC. The center frequency of this oscillator is corrected using a DC tuning voltage from the digital board during receive and voice and data modulation during transmit.

Analog Switches and PLL Loop Filters

An analog switch (U17) provides quicker switching of signals during channel changes by varying the time constant of the PLL loop filter.

VCOs

T wo dif ferent VCOs minimize the tuning range of the VCOs in order to meet phase noise specifications. Both VCO's (U1 and U5) are used for transmit and receive modes. Their combined tuning range covers the entire transmit and receive frequency bands. Transmit modulation is provided to each oscillator's modulation port from the digital board.

ALC

To maintain the specified Transmitter output power level, Automatic Level Control (ALC) is provided to control the drive level to the PA. The detected forward power is compared to a reference level provided by the digital board via op amp U21A. The resulting error voltage is applied to a power level control port of the power amplifier module. Transmitter on/off splatter filtering is provided by an RC network (R76, R109, C267 and C141.)

T/R Switching and Harmonic Filter

The output of the power amplifier is applied to the transmit/receive RF PIN switch (D12 & D13.) This is a high dynamic-range switch that is capable of passing the desired transmit power with minimal compression. Any harmonics generated by the PA module and the RF T/R switch are filtered by a harmonic filter that is between the RF T/R switch and the antenna jack.

5-7

Antenna

Jack

Harmonic

Filter

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

700/800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION C)

RF / Logic

Interface

SPI

SPI Addr

RF Out

Clk

SPI

MOSI

SPI

MISO

SPI

Addr1

SPI

Addr2

SPI

Addr3

Clk

Data

Frame

Sync

Lock

Enable

Lock

Detect

nT xEna

nT xNap

TxMod2

TxMod1

Temp

Unsw

Batt

3.3V

5.5V

Bandpass

Switch

Filters

762 - 776 MHz

851 - 870 MHz

RX VCO

826 - 841 MHz

RX VCO

786 - 806 MHz

Switch

U19

TX VCO

762 - 870 MHz

Varacter-Tune d Bandpass Filter

T/R Switch

Mitsubish i R A 0 3 M

Power Control

LNA

U28

RF2361

Switch

U33

LNA Bypass

U20 U3

DRIVER

Sirenza SGA 6 58 9

Switch

U37

U24

Switch

MX1

MIXER

ADEX- 1 0L

U29

PLL

64.455 MHz 15 KHz BW

ILR

BPF

MMB R 9 4 1

SPI

IF Amp

16.8 MHz TCXO

Receiver Back End

Fif = 2.1MHz

62.355 MH z

RX L O F il ter Tuning

AD9864

RX Band Select

RX Filter Tuning

RX LNA Bypass

TX Pwr Control

U11

(Digital IF)

RF Out

SPI

U32

1Kbit

EEPRO M

U31

8ch 8 bit DAC

SPI

Low Frequency Modulation

High Frequency Modulation

Figure 5-3 700/800 MHz RF Board Block Diagram

5.4 700/800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION C)

NOTE: The following describes the new revised Version C RF board described in Section 1.13.1. The RF Board is not field serviceable. It must be replaced as a unit with a new board.

5.4.1 RECEIVER

Front End Bandpass Filter

A varactor-tuned bandpass filter (including W3 and W4) is used in the front-end of the receiver. This filter provides first-image rejection with minimal loss to provide the desired level of receiver sensitivity. The front-end bandpass filter center frequency is tuned via voltages from an 8-channel D/A converter. Ceramic resonators provide a high circuit Q and lower loss than a fixed inductor. A back-to-back varactor diode configuration increases the circuit's third-order intercept point.

Front End LNA and Bypass Switching

Low Noise Amplifier (LNA) U33 is critical in determining the overall noise figure of the receiver. The RF2361 amplifier provides a good noise figure, gain, intercept point and power consumption. RF switches U28 and U37 bypass the signal around the LNA when required to increase the effective thirdorder intercept point and the interference rejection capabilities of the receiver.

Post-LNA Bandpass Filters

Additional bandpass filters are used after the LNA. These filters are fixed-tuned since varactortuned filters would have an excessive third-order intercept point. One filter bank is tuned to the 700 MHz receive band and the other bank to the 800 MHz receive band. RF switches U8 and U7 select the desired band. These filters have better selectivity and more loss than the front-end filters, but the gain of the

5-8

700/800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION C)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

LNA minimizes the impact of the filter loss on the receiver sensitivity.

Mixer and LO Filter

A double-balanced, low-level ADEX-10L mixer (MX1) with a LO drive of +4 dBm is used for the first conversion. This mixer provides good dynamic range with 3 dB lower LO drive than the more traditional +7 dBm drive mixers. This provides power savings and reduces conducted and radiated LO leakage from the receiver. A high-side mix is used for the 700 MHz receive band and a low-side mix is used for the 800 MHz receive band. This band plan reduces the tuning range requirements for the VCOs.

A LO filter (including W1 and W2) is used prior to LO port of the mixer to reduce the effect of wideband noise from the LO synthesizer on the receiver sensitivity. This filter is varactor-tuned with the center frequency tuned via a voltage from a D/A converter.

IF Filter and Amplifier

A four-pole 64.455 MHz crystal filter (U2) is used to provide the desired level of adjacent channel and image rejection while providing minimal amplitude and phase distortion within the 25 kHz bandwidth. Shields are installed around the crystal filter to provide sufficient isolation in order to meet the second image response requirements and minimize noise pickup by the impedance-matching inductors (L1, L2 and L7.)

A transistor IF amplifier (Q1 and supporting circuitry) is used to boost the signal strength which reduces the overall noise figure. The noise figure, signal gain, intercept point and power consumption are optimized by this circuit. An LC circuit provides the required impedance matching between the output of the IF amplifier and the input of backend chip U11.

Back End IC

An Analog Devices AD9864 IF Digitizing Subsystem IC (U11) provides the following receiver functions:

frequency of 62.355 MHz in order to convert the first IF of 64.455 MHz to a second IF frequency of

2.1 MHz. Phase Locked Loop circuitry inside of the AD9864 operates with a phase-detector frequency of 15 kHz.

Second Conversion Mixer and Filtering - A mixer inside the AD9864 converts from the first IF of 64.455 MHz to the second IF of 2.1 MHz. External filters L29 and L30 provide IF bandpass filtering. Additional filtering is provided by the inherent operation of the sigma-delta analog/digital converters.

Gain Control - This device provides up to 12 dB of AGC range via a combination of analog and digital controls. Additionally, there is a 16 dB attenuator in the front end. The optimum settings are controlled by the host microprocessor.

Analog/Digital Conversion and Processing -

Sigma-Delta Converters provide I and Q sampling directly from the second IF frequency. The resulting digital words are first filtered by internal programmable FIR filters and then clocked out of the AD9864 via a serial data bus using a programmable data rate.

5.4.2 SYNTHESIZER

PLL IC

A CX72301 sigma-delta modulated PLL (U29) is used as the main receive and transmit synthesizer. This PLL chip provides exceptional phase noise capabilities to reduce adjacent channel interference and quick switching between the receive and transmit modes.

In the receive mode the PLL is programmed to a Local Oscillator frequency that is 64.455 MHz from the receive frequency. For the 700 MHz receive band, the LO frequency is higher than the receive frequency, and for the 800 MHz band, it is lower than the receive frequency. In transmit mode, the PLL is programmed directly to select the desired transmit frequency.

Reference Oscillator

Second Local Oscillator - A varactor-tuned transistor (Q2) oscillator is phase-locked to a fixed

A 16.8 MHz oscillator (Y1) provides the frequency reference for the synthesizer and receiver

5-9

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

RF BOARD OVERVIEW (VERSION A/B)700/800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION C)

backend IC. The center frequency of this oscillator is corrected using a DC tuning voltage from the digital board during receive and it is modulated with voice or data during transmit.

Analog Switches and PLL Loop Filters

Analog switches U16, U17, and U18 provide faster channel switching by changing the time constant of the PLL loop filters.

VCOs

Three different VCOs are used. VCO U1 is used strictly in transmit mode. It's tuning range covers the entire transmit and receive frequency bands. Transmit modulation is provided to this oscillator's modulation port from the digital board through R9.

Two receive VCOs (U5 and U6) are required to meet the phase noise requirements. Each VCO functions for only one of the two receive bands. An RF2361 buffer amplifier (U40) provides the required level of drive for the receiver mixer's local oscillator signal as discussed above.

5.4.3 TRANSMITTER

Modulation

A “dual-port” modulation scheme is used to provide DC coupling of the signal for data modulation applications. Modulation applied to the PLL frequency reference provides low-frequency modulation, and modulation applied to the PLL transmit VCO (U1) provides high-frequency modulation. Signals for both modulation ports are provided from DACs on the digital board.

Power Amplifier

ALC

To maintain the specified Transmitter output power level, Automatic Level Control (ALC) is provided to control the drive level to the PA. The detected forward power is compared to a reference level provided by the digital board via op amp U21A. The resulting error voltage is applied to a power-level control port of the power amplifier module. Transmitter on/off splatter filtering is provided by RC network R63, R64, C141 and C211.

T/R Switching and Harmonic Filter

The output of the power amplifier is applied to transmit/receive RF switch U4. This is a high dynamic-range switch that is capable of passing the desired transmit power with minimal compression. Any harmonics generated by the PA module and the RF T/R switch are filtered by a harmonic filter that is between the RF T/R switch and the antenna jack.

5.5 RF BOARD OVERVIEW (VERSION A/B)

NOTE: The following describes the earlier Version A and B RF boards described in Section 1.13.1. The RF Board is not field serviceab le. It must be replaced as a unit with a new board.

The receiver front end consists of a preselector, an RF amplifier, a second preselector, and a mixer (see Figure 5-4). With VHF and UHF models, both preselectors are varactor-tuned, two- pole filters controlled by the control logic. With 800 MHz models, these filters are fixed-tuned. The RF amplifier is a dual-gate, gallium-arsenide based IC. The mixer is a doublebalanced, active mixer coupled by transformers. Injection is provided by the VCO through an injection filter . Refer to T a ble 5-1 for local oscillator (LO) and first IF information.

Power Amplifier U3 is a RA03M8087M module. It provides the desired RF power output level and is stable over a wide range of VSWR conditions. The PA is driven by a SGA-6589 driver (U20) that typically provides +21 dBm output power. The PA is turned on and off by switching the power to this driver via transistor D10.

LO Frequency range

First IF Frequency

5-10

Table 5-1 LO and First IF Frequencies

VHF UHF 800 MHz

181.15 -

219.15 MHz

45.15 MHz 73.35 MHz 73.35 MHz

329.65 -

446.65 MHz

776.65 -

796.65 MHz

VHF/UHF RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Figure 5-4 RF Board Block Diagram (Version A/B)

The frequency generation function is performed by three ICs and associated circuitry. The reference oscillator provides a frequency standard to the synthesizer/prescaler IC which controls the VCO IC. The VCO IC actually generates the first LO and transmitinjection signals and buffers them to the required power level. The synthesizer/prescaler circuit module incorporates frequency-division and comparison circuitry to keep the VCO signals stable. The synthesizer/prescaler IC is controlled by the control logic through a serial bus. Most of the synthesizer circuitry is enclosed in rigid metal cans to reduce microphonic effects.

The receiver back end consists of a two-pole crystal filter, an IF amplifier , a second two-pole crystal filter, and the digital back-end IC (ABACUS). The two-pole filters are wide enough to accommodate 5 kHz modulation. Final IF filtering is done digitally in the ADSIC.

The digital back-end IC (ABACUS) consists of an amplifier, the second mixer, an IF analog-to-digital converter, a baseband down-converter, and a 2.4 MHz synthesis circuit. The second LO is generated by discrete components external to the IC. The output of the ABACUS IC is a digital bit stream that is current driven on a differential pair for a reduction in noise generation.

The transmitter consists of an RF PA IC that gets an injection signal from the VCO. Transmit power is controlled by two custom ICs that monitor the output of a directional coupler and adjust PA control voltages correspondingly. The signal passes through a Rx/Tx switch that uses PIN diodes to automatically provide an appropriate interface to transmit or receive signals.

5.6 VHF/UHF RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

NOTE: The following describes the earlier Version A and B RF boards described in Section 1.13.1.

5.6.1 FREQUENCY GENERATION UNIT (FGU)

The frequency generation unit (FGU) consists of three major sections: the high stability reference oscillator (U203), the fractional-N synthesizer (U204,) and the VCO buffer (U201). A 5V regulator (U202), supplies power to the FGU. The synthesizer receives the 5V REG at U204, and applies it to a filtering circuit within the module and capacitor C253. The well-filtered 5-volt output at U204, pin 19 is distributed to the Tx and Rx VCOs and the VCO buffer IC.

The mixer’s LO injection signal and transmit frequency are generated by the Rx VCO and Tx VCO, respectively. The Rx VCO uses an external active

5-11

VHF/UHF RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

device (Q202), whereas the VHF Tx VCO’s active device is a transistor inside the VCO buffer. The UHF Tx VCO uses two active devices, one external (Q203) and the other internal to the VCO buffer. The base and emitter connections of this internal transistor are pins 11 and 12 of U201.

The Rx VCO is a Colpitts-type oscillator, with capacitors C235 and C236 providing feedback. The Rx VCO transistor (Q202) is turned on when pin 38 of U204 switches from high to low. The Rx VCO signal is received by the VCO buffer at U201, pin 9, where it is amplified by a buffer inside the IC. The amplified signal at pin 2 is routed through a low-pass filter (L201 and associated capacitors) and injected as the first LO signal into the mixer (U2, pin 8). In the VCO buffer, the Rx VCO signal (or the Tx VCO signal during transmit) is also routed to an internal prescaler buffer . The buf fered output at U201, pin 16 is applied to a low-pass filter (L205 and associated capacitors). After filtering, the signal is routed to a prescaler divider in the synthesizer at U204, pin 21.

The divide ratios for the prescaler circuits are determined from information stored in memory during programming. The microcontroller extracts data for the division ratio as determined by the selected channel and sends that information to a comparator in the synthesizer via a bus. A 16.8 MHz reference oscillator, U203, applies the 16.8 MHz signal to the synthesizer at U204 pin 14. The oscillator signal is divided into one of three pre-determined frequencies. A timebased algorithm is used to generate the fractional-N ratio.

If the two frequencies in the synthesizer’s comparator differ, a control (error) voltage is produced. The phase detector error voltage (V control) at pins 31 and 33 of U204 is applied to the loop filter consisting of resistors R211, R212, and R213, and capacitors C244, C246, C247, and C248. The filtered voltage alters the VCO frequency until the correct frequency is synthesized. The phase detector gain is set by components connected to U204, pins 28 and 29.

In the Tx mode, U204, pin 38 goes high and U201, pin 14 goes low, which turns of f transistor Q202 and turns on the internal Tx VCO transistor in U204 and the external Tx VCO buffer Q203 on the UHF

circuit. The Tx VCO feedback capacitors are C219 and C220. Varactor diode CR203/CR207 sets the Tx frequency while varactor CR202 is the Tx modulation varactor.

The modulation of the carrier is achieved by using a two-port modulation technique. The modulation of low frequency tones is achieved by injecting the tones into the A/D section of the fractional-N synthesizer. The digitized signal is modulated by the fractional-N divider, generating the required deviation. Modulation of the high-frequency audio signals is achieved by modulating the varactor (CR203) through a frequency compensation network. Resistors R207 and R208 form a potential divider for the higherfrequency audio signals.

In order to cover the very wide bandwidths, positive and negative V-control voltages are used. High control voltages are achieved using positive and negative multipliers. The positive voltage multiplier circuit consists of components CR204, C256, C257, and reservoir capacitor C258. The negative multiplier circuit consists of components CR205, CR206, C266, C267, and reservoir capacitor C254.

Out-of-phase clocks for the positive multiplier appear at U204, pins 9 and 10. Out-of-phase clocks for the negative multiplier appear at U204, pins 7 and 8, and only when the negative V-control is required (that is, when the VCO frequency exceeds the crossover frequency). When the negative V-control is not required, transistor Q201 is turned on, and capacitor C259 discharges. The 13V supply generated by the positive multiplier is used to power-up the phase detector circuitry. The negative V-control is applied to the anodes of the VCO varactors.

The Tx VCO signal is amplified by an internal buffer in U201, routed through a low pass filter and routed to the Tx PA module, U105, pin 1. The Tx and Rx VCOs and buffers are activated via a control signal from U204, pin 38.

The reference oscillator supplies a 16.8 MHz clock to the synthesizer where it is divided down to a

2.1 MHz clock. This divided-down clock is fed to the ABACUS IC (U401), where it is further processed for internal use.

5-12

VHF/UHF RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

5.6.2 ANTENNA SWITCH

The antenna switch is a current device consisting of a pair of diodes (CR108/ CR109) that electronically steer RF between the receiver and the transmitter. In the transmit mode, RF is routed through transmit switching diode CR108, and sent to the antenna. In the receive mode, RF is received from the antenna, routed through receive switching diode CR109, and applied to the RF amplifier Q1 (VHF) or U1 (UHF). In transmit, bias current, sourced from U101, pin 21, is routed through L105, U104, CR108, and L122 (VHF) and L105, CR108, and L122 (UHF). Sinking of the bias current is through the transmit ALC module, U101, pin 19. In the receive mode, bias current, sourced from switched B+, is routed through Q107 (pin 3 to pin 2), L123 (UHF), L121, CR109, and L122. Sinking of the bias current is through the 5-volt regulator, U106, pin 8.

5.6.3 RECEIVER FRONT END

The RF signal is received by the antenna and coupled through the external RF switch. The UHF board applies the RF signal to a low-pass filter consisting of L126, L127, L128, C149, C150, and C151. The VHF board bypasses the low-pass filter. The filtered RF signal is passed through the antenna switch (CR109) and applied to a bandpass filter consisting of (VHF) L11 - L14, CR1 - CR9, C4, C2, and C3 or (UHF) L30, L31, L32, L34, L35, CR6 CR9, C1, C2, and C3. The bandpass filter is tuned by applying a control voltage to the varactor diodes in the filter (CR1 - CR9 VHF and CR6 - CR9 UHF).

The bandpass filter is electronically tuned by the D/A IC (U102), which is controlled by the microcomputer.The D/A output range is extended through the use of a current mirror consisting of Q108 and R115 and R116. When Q108 is turned on via R115, the D/A output is reduced due to the voltage drop across R11 6. Depending on the carrier frequency, the microcomputer will turn Q108 on or off. Wideband operation of the filter is achieved by retuning the bandpass filter across the band.

The output of the bandpass filter is applied to wideband GaAs RF amplifier IC U1 (UHF) or active device Q1 (VHF). The RF signal is then further

filtered by a second broadband, fixed-tuned, bandpass filter consisting of C6, C7, C8, C80, C86, C87, C88, C97, C99, L3, L4, L5, and L30 (VHF) or C4 -C7, C88 - C94, C99, and L11 - L15 (UHF) to improve the spurious rejection.

The filtered RF signal is routed through a broadband 50-ohm transformer (T1) to the input of a broadband mixer/buffer (U2). Mixer U2 uses GaAs FETs in a double-balanced, Gilbert Cell configuration.

The RF signal is applied to the mixer at U2 pins 1 and 15. An injection signal (1st LO) of about –10 dBm supplied by the FGU is applied to U2, pin 8. Mixing of the RF and the 1st LO results in an output signal that is the first IF frequency. The first IF frequency is 45.15 MHz for the VHF band and 73.35 for the UHF band. High side injection is used for VHF and low side for UHF. The first IF signal output at U2, pins 4 and 6 is routed through transformer T2 and impedance matching components, and applied to a two-pole crystal filter (FL1), which is the final stage of the receiver front end. The two-pole crystal filter removes unwanted mixer products. Impedance matching between the output of the transformer (T2) and the input of the filter (FL1) is accomplished by C605 and L605 (VHF) or C611, C614, and L605 (UHF).

5.6.4 RECEIVER BACK END

The output of crystal filter FL1 is matched to the input of IF buffer amplifier transistor Q601 by C610 and L604 (VHF) and C609, C610, and L600 (UHF). Transistor Q601 is biased by the 5V regulator (U202). The IF frequency on the collector of Q601 is applied to a second crystal filter through a matching circuit. The second crystal filter (FL2) input is matched by C604, C603, and L601 (VHF) and C604, L601, and L602 (UHF). The filter supplies further attenuation at the IF sidebands to increase the radios selectivity. The output of FL2 routed to pin 32 of U401 through a matching circuit which consists of L603, L606, and C608 (VHF) and L603, C606, and C605 (UHF).

In the ABACUS IC (U401), the first IF frequency is amplified and then down-converted to the second IF frequency of 450 kHz. At this point, the analog signal is converted into two digital bit streams by a sigmadelta A/D converter. The bit streams are then digitally

5-13

VHF/UHF RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

filtered, mixed down to baseband, and filtered again . The differential output data stream is then sent to the logic board where it is decoded to produce the recovered audio.

The ABACUS IC (U401) is electronically programmable. The amount of filtering, which is dependent on the radio channel spacing and signal type, is controlled by the microcontroller. Additional filtering, which used to be provided externally by a conventional ceramic filter, is replaced by internal digital filters in the ABACUS IC. The ABACUS IC contains a feedback AGC circuit to expand the dynamic range of the sigma-delta converter. The differential output data contains the quadrature (I and Q) information in 16-bit words, the AGC information in a 9-bit word, imbedded word sync information, and fill bits dependent on sampling speed. A fractional N synthesizer is also incorporated on the ABACUS IC for 2nd LO generation.

The 2nd LO/VCO is a Colpitts oscillator built around transistor Q401 (VHF) or Q1 (UHF). The VCO has a varactor diode, VR401 (VHF) or CR5 (UHF) to adjust the VCO frequency. The control signal for the varactor is derived from a loop filter consisting of C426, C428, and R413.

5.6.5 TRANSMITTER

The transmitter consists of three major sections:

• Harmonic Filter

• RF Power Amplifier Module

• ALC Circuits

RF Power Amplifier Module

RF power amplifier module U105 is a wide-band, three-stage (VHF) or four-stage (UHF) amplifier. Nominal input and output impedance of U105 is 50 ohms. The DC bias for U105 is on pins 2, 4, 5. In the transmit mode, the voltage on U105, pins 2 and 4 (close to the B+ level) is obtained via switching transistor Q101. Transistor Q101 receives its control base signal as follows:

• The microcomputer keys the D/A IC to produce a

ready signal at U 102 pin 3,

• the ready signal at U102 pin 3 is applied to the Tx

ALC IC at U101 pin 14 (5V), and

• the synthesizer sends a LOC signal to the Tx ALC

IC (U204 pin 40 to U101 pin 16).

When the LOC signal and the ready signal are both received, the Tx ALC IC (pin 13) sends a control signal to turn on transistor Q101.

ALC Circuits

Coupler module U104 samples the forward and reverse power of the PA output voltage. Reverse power is present when there is other than 50 ohms impedance at the antenna port. Sampling is achieved by coupling some of the forward and/or reverse power , and applying it to CR102 (VHF) or CR101 (UHF) and CR103 for rectification and summing. The resultant DC signal is then applied to the Tx ALC IC (U101, pin

2) as RFDET to be used as an RF strength indicator.

Harmonic Filter

With VHF versions, RF from PA module U105 is routed through coupler U104 and passed through the harmonic filtering network to antenna switch CR108. With UHF versions, RF from the PA module U105 is routed through coupler U104 and passed through transmit antenna switch CR108 and applied to a harmonic filtering network. The harmonic filtering circuit is composed of (VHF) L126, L127, L128, C149, C150, and C151 or (UHF) L126, L127, L128, C129, C130, C149, C150, and C151. Resistor R117 (VHF) or R117 (UHF) provides a current-limited 5V to J2.

The transmit ALC circuit, built around U101, is the heart of the power control loop. Circuits in the Tx ALC module compare the signals at U101, pins 2 and 7. The resultant signal, C BIAS, at U101, pin 4 is applied to the base of transistor Q110. In response to the base drive, transistor Q110 varies the DC control voltages applied to the RF PA at U105, pin 3, thus controlling the RF power of module (U105).

Thermistor RT101 senses the temperature of the Tx ALC IC. If an abnormal operating condition exists that causes the PA temperature to rise to an unacceptable level, the thermistor forces the ALC to reduce the set power.

5-14

800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

5.7 800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

NOTE: The following describes the earlier Version A and B RF boards described in Section 1.13.

5.7.1 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS

The complete synthesizer subsystem consists of the reference oscillator (U304), the voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO U307), a buffer IC (U303), and the synthesizer (U302).

The reference oscillator contains a temperaturecompensated 16.8 MHz crystal. This oscillator is digitally tuned and contains a temperature-referenced, five-bit, analog-to-digital (A/D) converter. The output of the oscillator (pin 10 on U304) is applied to pin 14 (XTAL1) on U302 through capacitor C309 and resistor 8306.

Voltage-controlled oscillator module U307 is varactor tuned. Therefore, as the voltage being applied to pins 1 and 7 of the VCO varies (2-11V ), so does th e varactor's capacitance which changes the VCO output frequency. The 800 MHz VCO is a dual-range oscillator that covers the 806-825 MHz and the 851-870 MHz frequency bands.

The low-band VCO (777-825 MHz) provides the first LO injection frequencies (777-797 MHz) that are

73.35 MHz below the carrier frequency . In addition, in the transmit mode when the radio is operated through a repeater, the low-band VCO generates the transmit frequencies (806-825 MHz) that are 45 MHz below the receiver frequencies. The low band VCO is selected by pulling pin 3 high and pin 8 low on U307. When radio-to-radio or talk-around operation is necessary, the high band VCO (851-870 MHz) is selected. This is accomplished by pulling pin 3 low and pin 8 high on U307.

The buffer IC (U303) includes a Tx, Rx, and prescaler buffer which maintain a constant output level and provides isolation. The Tx buffer is selected by setting pin 7 of U303 high, and the Rx buffer is selected by setting pin 7 of U303 low. The prescaler buffer is always on. In order to select the proper combination of VCO and buffer, the following conditions must be true at pin 6 of U303 (or pin 38 of U3 02) and pin 7 of U303 (or pin 39 of U302):

• For first LO injection frequencies 777-797 MHz,

pins 6 and 7 must both be low.

• For Tx repeater frequencies 806-825 MHz, pins 6

and 7 must both be high.

• For talk-around Tx frequencies 851-870 MHz, pin 6

must be low and pin 7 must be high.

The synthesizer IC (U302) consists of a prescaler, a programmable loop divider, a divider control logic, a phase detector, a charge pump, an A/D converter for low-frequency digital modulation, a balance attenuator to balance the high-frequency analog modulation to the low-frequency digital modulation, a 13V positivevoltage multiplier, a serial interface for control, and finally, a filter for the regulated 5-volt supply. This filtered five volts is present at pin 19 of U302, pin 9 of U307, and pins 2, 3, 4, and 15 of U303. It is also applied directly to resistors R309, R315, and R311. Additionally , the 13V supply generated by the positi ve voltage multiplier circuitry should be present at pin 35 of U302. The serial interface (SRL) is connected to the microprocessor via the data line (pin 2 of U302), clock line (pin 3 of U302), and chip-enable line (pin 4 of U302).

The complete synthesizer subsystem operates as follows:

• The output of the VCO, pin 4 on U307, is fed into

the RF input port (pin 9) of U303. In the Tx mode, the RF signal is present at pin 4 of U303; in the RX mode, the RF signal is present at pin 3 of U303.

• The output of the prescaler buffer, pin 15 of U303,

is applied to the PREIN port (pin 21) of U302. The prescaler in U302 is a dual modulus type with selectable divider ratios. This divider ratio is controlled by the loop divider, which in turn receives its inputs from the SRL. The loop divider adds or subtracts phase to the prescaler divider by changing the divide ratio via the modulus control line.

• The output of the prescaler is then applied to the

loop divider.

• The output of the loop divider is then applied to the

phase detector. The phase detector compares the

5-15

800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

loop divider's output signal with the signal from U304 (that is divided down after it is applied to pin 14 of U302). The result of the signal comparison is a pulsed DC signal which is applied to the charge pump.

• The charge pump outputs a cu rrent that is present at

pin 32 of U302. The loop filter (which consists of capacitors C322, C317, C318, C329, C324, and C315, and resistors R307, R305, and R314) transforms this current into a voltage that is applied to pins 1 and 7 of U307 to alter the VCO's output frequency.

In order to modulate the PLL, the two-port modulation method is utilized. The analog modulating signal is applied to the A/D converter as well as the balance attenuator, via U302, pin 5. The A/D converter converts the low-frequency analog modulating signal into a digital code that is applied to the loop divider, thereby causing the carrier to deviate. The balance attenuator is used to adjust the VCO's deviation sensitivity to high-frequency modulating signals.

5.7.2 ANTENNA SWITCH

An electronic PIN diode switch steers RF between the receiver and transmitter. The common node of the switch is at capacitor C101. In the transmit mode, RF is routed to the anode of diode CR104. In receive mode, RF is routed to pin 1 of U201. In the transmit mode, bias current sourced from U504, pin 21, is routed through PIN diodes CR104 and CR102 which biases them to a low-impedance state. Bias current returns to ground through U504, pin 20. In receive, U504, pin 21, is pulled down to ground and pin 20 is pulled up to B+ which reverse-biases diodes CR104 and CR102 to a high impedance.

5.7.3 RECEIVER FRONT END

The 800 MHz receiver front end converts the received RF signal to the first IF frequency of 73.35 MHz and also provides spurious immunity and adjacent channel selectivity. The received RF signal is passed through antenna switch input matching components C101, L105, and C114, through tank components C106 and L103 (which are anti-resonant at the radios transmitter frequencies), and through output matching components C103 and L104. Both pin

diodes CR102 and CR104 must be back-biased to properly route the received signal.

The stage following the antenna switch is a 50ohm, inter-digitated, three-pole, stripline preselector (U201). The preselector is positioned after the antenna switch to provide the receiver preamp with some protection against strong, out-of-band signals.

After the preselector (U201), the received signal is processed through receiver preamp U202. The preamp is a dual-gate, GaAs MESFET transistor which has been internally biased for optimum IM, NF, and gain performance. Components L201 and L202 match the input (gate 1) of the amp to the first preselector, while at the same time connecting gate 1 to ground potential. The output (drain) of the amp is pin 7, and is matched to the subsequent receiver stage by L204 and C222. A supply voltage of 5V DC is provided to pin 3 through RF choke L203 and bypass capacitor C204. The 5-volt supply is also present at pin 4, which connects to a voltage divider network that biases gate 2 (pin 5) to a predefined quiescent voltage of 1.2V DC. Resistor R202 and capacitor C203 are connected to pin 5 to provide amp stability. The FET source (pin 3) is internally biased at 0.55 to 0.7VDC for proper operation with bypass capacitors C201 and C202, connected to the same node.

The output of the amp is matched to a second three-pole preselector (U203) of the type previously discussed. The next stage in the receiver chain is first mixer U205 which uses low-side injection to convert the RF carrier to an intermediate frequency (IF) of

73.35 MHz.

Since low-side injection is used, the LO frequency is offset below the RF carrier by 73.35 MHz, or fLO = fRF - 73.35 MHz. The mixer utilizes GaAs FETs in a double-balanced, Gilbert Cell configuration. The LO port (pin 8) incorporates an internal buffer and a phase shift network to eliminate the need for a LO transformer. The LO buf fer bypass capacitors (C208, C221, and C216) are connected to pin 10 of U205, and should exhibit a nominal DC voltage of 1.2 to 1.4V DC. Pin 11 of U205 is LO buffer Vdd (5V DC), with associated bypass capacitors C226 and C209 connected to the same node. An internal voltage divider network within the LO buffer is bypassed to virtual ground at pin 12 of U205 through bypass

5-16

800 MHz RF BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

capacitor C213. The mixer's LO port is matched to the radio's PLL by a capacitive tap, C207 and C206.

A balun transformer (T202) is used to couple the RF signal into the mixer. The primary winding of T202 is matched to the preceding stage by capacitor C223, with C227 providing a DC block to ground. The secondary winding of T202 provides a differential output, with a 180° phase differential being achieved by setting the secondary center tap to virtual ground using bypass capacitors C210, C211, and C212. The secondary of transformer T202 is connected to pins 1 and 15 of the mixer IC, which drives the source leg of dual FETs used to toggle the paralleled differential amplifier configuration within the Gilbert Cell.

The final stage in the receiver front end is a twopole crystal filter (FL1). The crystal filter provides some of the receiver's adjacent channel selectivity. The input to the crystal filter is matched to the first mixer using L605, C600, and C614. The output of the cry stal filter is matched to the input of IF buffer amplifier transistor Q601 by L600, C609, and C610.

5.7.4 RECEIVER BACK END

The IF frequency on the collector of Q601 is applied to a second crystal filter (FL2) through a matching circuit consisting of L601, L602, C604, and C612. The filter supplies further attenuation at the IF sidebands to increase the radio's selectivity. The output of FL2 is routed to pin 32 of U401 through a matching circuit consisting of L603, C603, and C606, and DC blocking capacitor C613.

In the ABACUS IC (U401), the first IF frequency is amplified and then down-converted to the secon d IF of 450 kHz. The analog signal is then converted into two digital bit streams by a sigma-delta A/D converter. The bit streams are then digitally filtered, mixed down to baseband, and filtered again. The differential output data stream is then sent to the ADSIC on the logic board, where it is decoded to produce the recovered audio.

filters in the ABACUS IC. The ABACUS IC contains a feedback AGC circuit to expand the dynamic range of the sigma-delta converter. The differential output data contains the quadrature (I and Q) information in 16-bit words, the AGC information in a 9-bit word, imbedded word sync information, and fill bits which are dependent on sampling speed. A fractional N synthesizer is also incorporated on the ABACUS IC for 2nd LO generation.

The second LO/VCO is a Colpitts oscillator built around transistor Q1. The VCO has a varactor diode (VR401), which is used to adjust the VCO frequency. The control signal for the varactor is derived from a loop filter consisting of C426, C428, and R413.

5.7.5 TRANSMITTER

The 800 MHz RF power amplifier (PA) is a fivestage amplifier (U502). The RF power amplifier has a nominal input and output impedance of 50 ohms.

An RF input drive level of approximately +3 dBm, supplied from the VCO buffer IC (U303), is applied to pin 1 of U502. The DC bias for the internal stages of U502 is applied to pins 3 and 4 of the module. Pin 3 is switched through Q502 and pin 4 is unswitched B+ to the final amplifier stage. Power control is achieved by varying of the DC bias to pin 2, the third and fourth amplifier stages of the module. The amplified RF signal leaves the PA module at pin 5 and is applied to the directional coupler (U501).

The purpose of U501 is to sample both the forward power and the reverse power. Reverse power is present when a load other than 50 ohms exists at the antenna port. The sampling is achieved by coupling some of the reflected power, forward and/or reverse, to a coupled leg on the coupler. The sampled RF signals are applied to diode CR501 for rectification and summing. The resultant DC signal is applied to the ALC IC (U504, pin 2) as RFDET, to be used as an indicator of the strength of the RF signal being passed through the directional coupler (U501).

The ABACUS IC (U401) is electronically programmable. The amount of filtering is dependent on the radio channel spacing and signal type, and is controlled by the microcomputer. Additional filtering, which used to be provided externally by a conventional ceramic filter, is replaced by internal digital

The transmit ALC IC (U504) is the main part of the power control loop. The REF V line (U504 pin 7), a DC signal supplied from the D/A IC (U503), and the RF DET signal described earlier, are compared internally in the ALC IC to determine the amount of C BIAS, pin 4, to be applied to the base of transistor

5-17

UI BOARD (ALL VERSIONS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Q501. Transistor Q501 responds to the base drive level by varying the DC control voltages applied to pin 2 of the RF PA which controls the RIF power level of module U502. The ALC IC also controls the base switching to transistor Q502 via pin 12, BIAS.

The D/A IC (U503) controls the DC switching of the transceiver board. Its outputs, SC1 and SC3 (pins 12 and 14, respectively), control transistor Q503 which then supplies Tx 5V and Rx 5V to the transceiver board. The D/A also supplies DC bias to the detector diode (CR501) via pin 7, and the REF V signal to the ALC IC (U504).

5.8 USER INTERFACE BOARD (ALL)

NOTE: The following describes all three logic versions described in Section 1.13.

5.8.1 INTRODUCTION

The User Interface Board contains the main microcontroller which controls all functions of the transceiver. In addition, it contains memory (Flash, SRAM, and EEPROM), A-D and D-A converters, the interface to the graphic display, audio circuitry, and various other interfaces.

5.8.3 MEMORY

Early Units (Versions A and B in

Section 1.13)

Memory devices include Flash, SRAM, EEPROM, and DSP SRAM. There is 4 megabyte of Flash that is used primarily for code storage but can can also be used for as non-volatile memory.

The SRAM (static RAM) consists of one 256K x 16 and one 512K x 16 device (U2 and U3), each of which used a different chip select. A 32K x 8 EEPROM (U16) is used to store personality data.

Later Units (Version C in Section 1.13)

Memory devices include Flash, SRAM, EEPROM, and DSP SRAM. There is 8 megabyte of Flash that is used primarily for code storage but can can also be used for as non-volatile memory.

The SRAM (static RAM) consists of a 1M x 16 device (U6). A 32K x 8 EEPROM (U16) is used to store personality data.

5.8.4 GRAPHICAL DISPLAY

5.8.2 MICROCONTROLLER (U2)

Microcontroller U2 is PowerPC

based which gives this transceiver processing power equal to some current desktop computers. This microcontroller provides all transceiver control functions except signal processing which is provided by the DSP U1 on the logic board.

Functions provided by U2 include detecting key and button presses, processing incoming and outgoing calls, displaying operational data to the user, and coordinating control of the other processor (DSP) located on the logic board. Communication with the DSP is via a 16-bit host port.

The operating speed of U2 is controlled by

4.9152 MHz crystal Y1. The internal clock is five times this frequency or 24.575 MHz (25 MHz operational).

The graphical display is connected to J4. This type of display allows text and icons to be positioned anywhere on the display and allows text to be displayed in various fonts (type styles).

5.9 LOGIC BOARD (VERSION C)

NOTE: The following describes the Version C logic board described in Section 1.13.

5.9.1 INTRODUCTION

The Digital Signal Processing (DSP) functions are performed by the DSP chip (U15) and the CODEC (U27) with the support of microcontroller U1 on the UI board. Functions previously performed in hardware like filtering and limiting are performed by software running in the DSP chip.

5-18

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION C) LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B)

5.9.2 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING OVERVIEW

The DSP section consists of a DSP chip (U15) and the CODEC (U27). The CODEC is a support chip for the DSP. It provides the interface between the DSP and the analog signal paths, and between the DSP and the Digital IF chip on the RF Board. Configuration of the Digital IF chip is handled primarily by microcontroller U2.

In receive mode, the DSP interfaces with the Digital IF chip IC on the RF Board. The DSP collects the I and Q samples from the Digital IF chip and performs channel filtering and frequency discrimination on the signals. The resulting demodulated signal is routed to the DSP via the serial port for further processing. After the DSP processing, the signal is sent to the CODEC Speaker D/A by writing to a memory-mapped register. The CODEC then converts the processed signal from the DSP to an analog signal and then outputs this signal to a single ended to differential converter (U8A/D). It is then routed to the UI board, amplified, and then sent to the speaker.

In transmit mode the microphone signal is converted to a differential signal on the UI board and then routed to logic board, converted back to single ended, and then applied to the CODEC and digitized by an internal A/D converter. The DSP reads these values from a memory-mapped register in the CODEC. After processing, the DSP sends the modulation signal to the CODEC via the serial port. In the CODEC, the VCO D/A converts the sampled modulation signal into an analog signal and then routes this signal to the VCO on the RF Board.

5.9.3 RECEIVE SIGNAL PATH

5.10 LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B)

NOTE: The following describes the Version A and B logic board described in Section 1.13.

5.10.1 INTRODUCTION

The Digital Signal Processing (DSP) functions are performed by the DSP chip (U1) and the ADSIC (U2) with the support of microcontroller U1 on the UI board. Functions previously performed in hardware like filtering and limiting are performed by software running in the DSP chip.

5.10.2 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

OVERVIEW

The DSP section consists of a DSP chip (U1) and the ADSIC (U2). The ADSIC is a support chip for the DSP. It provides the interface between the DSP and the analog signal paths, and between the DSP and the ABACUS chip on the RF Board. Configuration of the ADSIC is handled primarily by microcontroller U2. The DSP has access to a few memory-mapped registers on the ADSIC.

In receive mode, the ADSIC interfaces the DSP with the ABACUS IC on the RF Board. The ADSIC collects the I and Q samples from the ABACUS and performs channel filtering and frequency discrimination on the signals. The resulting demodulated signal is routed to the DSP via the serial port for further processing. After the DSP processing, the signal is sent to the ADSIC Speaker D/A by writing to a memory-mapped register. The ADSIC then converts the processed signal from the DSP to an analog signal and then outputs this signal to a single ended to differential converter (U8A/B). It is then routed to the UI board, amplified, and then sent to the speaker.

The Digital IF chip on the RF Board provides a digital back end for the receiver section. It provides a digital output of I (in phase) and Q (quadrature) samples which represent the IF signal at the receiver back end. These samples are routed to the DSP where the signal is filtered and frequency discriminated to recover the modulating signal.

In transmit mode the microphone signal is converted to a differential signal on the UI board and then routed to logic board, converted back to single ended, and then applied to the ADSIC and digitized by an internal A/D converter. The DSP reads these values from a memory-mapped register in the ADSIC. After processing, the DSP sends the modulation signal to the

5-19

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

ADSIC via the serial port. In the ADSIC, the VCO D/ A converts the sampled modulation signal into an analog signal and then routes this signal to the VCO on the RF Board.

5.10.3 RECEIVE SIGNAL PATH

The ABACUS IC on the RF Board provides a digital back end for the receiver section. It provides a digital output of I (in phase) and Q (quadrature) samples which represent the IF signal at the receiver back end. These samples are routed to the ADSIC where the signal is filtered and frequency discriminated to recover the modulating signal.

The recovered signal is sent to the DSP chip for processing. The ADSIC interface to the ABACUS is comprised of four signals SBI, DIN, DIN*, and ODC.

SBI is a programming data line for the ABACUS. This line is used to configure the operation of the ABACUS and is driven by the ADSIC. Microcontroller U2 programs many of the ADSIC operational features through the SPI interface. There are 36 configuration registers in the ADSIC of which 4 contain configuration data for the ABACUS. When these particular registers are programmed by the microcontroller, the ADSIC in turn sends this data to the ABACUS through the SBI.

DIN and DIN* are the data lines in which the I and Q data words are transferred from the ABACUS. These signals make up a differentially encoded current loop. Instead of sending TTL-type voltage signals, the data is transferred by flowing current one way or the other through the loop. This helps reduce internally generated spurious emissions on the RF Board. The ADSIC contains an internal current loop decoder which translates these signals back to TTL logic and stores the data in internal registers.

The ODC signal is a clock the ABACUS provides to the ADSIC. Most internal ADSIC functions are clocked by this ODC signal at a rate of 2.4 MHz and are available as soon as the power is supplied to the circuitry. This signal initially may be 2.4 or 4.8 MHz after power-up. It is programmed by the ADSIC through the SBI signal to 2.4 MHz when the ADSIC is initialized by the microcontroller through the SPI bus. For any functionality of the ADSIC to exist, including

initial programming, the reference clock must be present.

In the fundamental operating mode, the ADSIC transfers raw IF data to the DSP. The DSP then performs IF filtering and discriminator functions to produce a baseband demodulated signal. However, the ADSIC also includes a digital IF and discriminator function and can provide a baseband demodul ated signal directly to the DSP. This is typically what occurs. The digital IF filter is programmable by the microcontroller with up to 24 taps.

The DSP processes this data through the SSI serial port. This is a six-port synchronous serial bus. The ADSIC transfers the data on the TxD line to the DSP at a rate of 2.4 MHz. This is clocked synchronously by the ADSIC which provides a 2.4 MHz clock on SCKT. In addition, a 20 kHz interrupt is provided on TFS to signal the arrival of a data packet. This means a new I and Q sample data packet is available to the DSP at a 20 kHz rate which represents the sampling rate of the received data. The DSP then processes this data to extract audio, signaling, and other information based on the 20 kHz interrupt.

In addition to the SPI programming bus, the ADSIC also contains a parallel configuration bus. This bus is used to access registers mapped into the DSP memory. Some of these registers are used for additional ADSIC configuration controlled directly by the DSP. Some of the registers are data registers for the speaker D/A. Analog speaker audio is processed through this parallel bus where the DSP outputs the speaker audio digital data words to this speaker D/A. In addition, an analog waveform is generated which is output to SDO (Speaker Data Out).

In conjunction with speaker D/A, ADSIC contains a programmable attenuator to set the rough signal attenuation. However, the fine levels and differences between signal types are adjusted through the DSP software algorithms. The speaker D/A attenuator setting is programmed by the microcontroller through the SPI bus.

The ADSIC provides an 8 kHz interrupt to the DSP on IRQB for processing the speaker data samples. This 8 kHz signal must be enabled through the SPI programming bus by the microcontroller and is necessary for any audio processing to occur.

5-20

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B) AUDIO CIRCUIT (VERSION A/B)

5.10.4 TRANSMIT SIGNAL PATH

The ADSIC contains an analog-to-digital (ADC) converter for the microphone. The microphone path in the ADSIC also includes an attenuator that is programmed by the microcontroller through the SPI bus. The microphone input in the ADSIC is on pin MAI (U2-75). The microphone ADC converts the analog signal to a series of data words and stores them in internal registers. The DSP accesses this data through the parallel data bus. As with the speaker data samples, the DSP reads the microphone samples from registers mapped into its memory space. The ADSIC provides an 8 kHz interrupt to the DSP on IRQB for processing the microphone data samples.

The DSP processes these microphone samples and generates and mixes the appropriate signaling and filters the resultant data. This data is then transferred to the ADSIC on the DSP SSI port. The ADSIC generates a 48 kHz interrupt so that a new sample data packet is transferred at a 48 kHz rate and sets the transmit data sampling rate at 48 ksps. These samples are then input to a transmit D/A which converts the data to an analog waveform. This waveform is the modulation signal from the ADSIC and is connected to the VCO on the RF Board.

5.10.5 ADSIC (U2)

The ADSIC is a complex custom IC which performs many analog-to-digital, digital-to-analog, and purely digital functions as previously described. The ADSIC has four internal registers accessible by the DSP. Two of these registers are read-only while the two others are write-only. Therefore, they can be accessed as two locations in the I/O spaces.

Crystal Y1 along with the internal oscillator in the ADSIC provide a 20 MHz clock. This clock signal

through a serial port. This serial port consists of pins SCKR, RFS, RxD, TxD, SCKT, and TFS on the ADSIC.

SDO is the output of the internal speaker DAC. MAI is the input of the internal microphone attenuator and is followed by the microphone ADC.

The ADSIC is configured partially by the DSP through its data and address bus. However, most of the configuring is provided through an SPI compatible serial bus. This SPI serial bus consists of pins SEL*, SPD, and SCLK.

5.11 AUDIO CIRCUIT (VERSION A/B)

NOTE: The following describes the Version A and B logic described in Section 1.13.

5.11.1 RECEIVE AUDIO CIRCUIT

NOTE: A block diagram of the audio circuit is shown in Figure 5-5.

In receive mode, the analog receive waveform created by ADSIC U2 (on the Logic Board) is fed out of that device on the SDO (Signal Data Out) pin. It is then converted to a differential signal by U8C and U8D to minimize noise. The signal is then fed to the UI board on the Audio_Out_P/M lines and converted back to a single-ended signal by U17B. It is then combined by U17C with any tones from U17A and applied to the audio amplifiers.

Audio amplifier U8 provides amplification for the internal 8-ohm speaker and U21 provides amplification for an external speaker-microphone connected to pins 2 and 6 of the accessory (UDC) connector. U8 and U21 provide 750 mW of power with an 8-ohm load.

is used internally by the ADSIC and is also multiplied by two to provide a 40 MHz clock to the DSP. The frequency of the clock can be electronically shifted a small amount by controlling varicap D1 through the OSCW pin (U2-16). This removes interference created on some channels by the clock.

The ADSIC and DSP exchange the sampled

receive data and the sampled VCO modulation signal

The gain of U8 and U21 is controlled by the DC voltage on the Vin (3) pin. When this pin is grounded by mute switches Q10 or Q2, no output is produced. Gain then increases as this DC voltage increases. The volume control signal is produced as follows:

The top panel volume control produces a varying DC voltage that is buffered by U20 on the UI board. This voltage is then applied to A/D converter U9 and

5-21

AUDIO CIRCUIT (VERSION A/B)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

RF Board UI Board

Rx Signal Data

(SBI/DIN/DIN*/ODC)

Modulation In VVO

ADSIC

SDO

MAI

DSP

Logic Board

Audio

Mute

Switch

SDO

Mute

U5A

U8A/B

Single-Diff Converter

Rx Audio Mute

U8C/D

Diff-Single Converter

Tone Sig

J2-38

Audio_In_M

Audio_In_P

Tones Buffer

Diff-Single

Converter

Microcontroller

PA4

PD4

Vol Level

U17A

U17B

Converter

Volume Data

U19A/D

Single-Diff

Converter

Volume

Control Amp

U18

Mute B

Mute A

D/A

Volume Data

SRC_SEL

U17C

Combiner

Internal Spkr

External

Spkr Mute

Q10

Mute

Figure 5-5 Audio Circuit Block Diagram

U9U7

A/D

Converter

Int/Ext Mic

U24

Sel Sw

Internal

Speaker Amp

External

Speaker Amp

U21

U20

Volume Lev

Buffer

Single-End

U19C

Buffer

U19B

Buffer

Control

3.3V

Top Panel

Volume Control

SPx

8 ohms

To Acc Jack (UDC)

Pins 2, 6

nSEOP

External Mic In From Acc Jack (UDC) Pin 3

Microphone MKxx

converted to serial data which is fed to microcontroller U1. This allows the microcontroller to determine the volume level that is currently set by the user.

To set the volume level, the microcontroller then programs D/A converter to produce a DC output voltage that sets the desired volume level. This arrangement allows the microcontroller to totally control the volume level. The volume control voltage is then buffered by U18 and applied to the volume control pin (Vin) of audio amplifiers U8 and U21.

Q8 is connected to the Head Phone Sense pin (2) of amplifier U21. When Q8 is turned off by the nSEOP signal, pin 2 goes high and U21 switches from the differential to the single-ended output mode. This allows an external speaker-microphone to be connected from pin 7 to ground instead of across pins 7 and 5.

5.11.2 TRANSMIT AUDIO CIRCUIT

NOTE: A block diagram of the audio circuit is shown in Figure 5-5.

In transmit mode, the audio for transmission can be selected from either the internal microphone or an external microphone connected to pin 3 of the accessory (UDC) connector. Supply voltage is appl ied to the internal microphone through R76 with C44 providing DC blocking. U19B provides buffering and low-pass filtering. U18C and related components provide the same function for the external microphone signal.

Analog switch U24 selects either the internal or external microphone signal, depending on the logic level on the CS input. The internal microphone NC pin (4) is selected when CS is low and the external microphone NO (6) is selected when it is high. Q6 provides inversion and buffering of the SRC_SEL signal.

The single-ended microphone signal is then converted to a differential signal by U19A and U19D to reduce noise. It is then fed to the logic board on the AUDIO_IN_P/M lines, converted back to a singleended signal by U8C and U8D, and applied to the MAI (Microphone Audio In) pin of ADSIC U2.

5-22

SECTION 6 ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

5100 Test Cable

DB9 - Connect To

Serial Port

Part No. 023-5100-940

Audio Out Cable

Part No. 023-5100-950

Communication

Monitor

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

SINAD Meter/

Figure 6-1 Alignment Setup

6.1 GENERAL

6.1.1 INTRODUCTION

The following alignment procedure should be performed if repairs are made that could affect the factory alignment or if adjustments may have changed for some other reason. To verify radio operation, the performance tests in Sections 6.5 and 6.6 can be run.

To perform transceiver alignment and performance tests, to following are required:

• PCTune Kit, Part No. 250-5100-005. This kit

includes the –940 test cable, –950 audio cable, and –499 PCTune software and this manual on a CD-ROM.

AC Voltmeter

computer. Therefore, there is no need to disassemble the transceiver to access adjustment points. In addition, audio test signals are generated internally, so an audio generator is not required. The required test equipment is shown in Figure 6-1.

6.1.2 TUNE SOFTWARE

General

Minimum follows:

All adjustments are set digitally using the

The PCTune software is a Windows® program.

software and hardware requirements are as

• SMA (F) to BNC (F) adapter, Part No. 515-3102-

050, to connect test equipment to antenna jack.

• To operate the radio with the front cover assembly

unplugged from the chassis, use UI - Logic Extension Test Cable, Part No. 023-5100-955.

• Windows

• Pentium

95/98/NT/2000 (3.1 cannot be used)

processor or equivalent

• 16 MB of RAM

• A hard disk drive with at least 3 MB of free space

• A CD-ROM drive

• An available serial port

6-1

Menu Bar

To o l B ar

Radio

Information

Tun e C a te go r y

Buttons

Adjusts Freq

Tuning

Instructions

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Select Next Adjustment

Mode/Tool Tip

Figure 6-2 PCTune Main Screen (Version 2.0)

Software Installation

Proceed as follows to install this software:

1. Close all applications that are currently running

(other than Windows).

2. Insert the CD-ROM containing the PCTune soft-

ware into the drive.

3. From the Windows taskbar, choose RUN and open

SETUP.EXE on the drive being used. Alternatively, use File Explorer and double click SETUP.EXE.

4. Follow the instructions on the screen. The program

is automatically loaded on the hard drive and startup shortcuts or groups are created.

On-Line Help

On-line help is currently not available.

6.1.3 PCTUNE VERSION REQUIRED

PCTune, Version 2.0.0 or later is required to tune

radios with the Version C RF board (see Section

1.13.1). The PCTune version number can be displayed by selecting the Help > About menu. This information describes Version 2.0.0. Earlier versions have a different main screen, but function similarly.

6.2 MAIN SCREEN

The main PCTune screen is shown in Figure 6-2.

Information on the various parts of this screen follows:

Starting PCTune

Select Start in the taskbar, then Programs > PCTune > PCTune.

Exiting PCTune

Select File > Exit or click the button.

Menu Bar - Used to select the menus described in Sections 6.3.1-6.3.5.

Tool Bar - These buttons are used to quickly select functions as follows:

- Displays the screen used to set serial port

parameters (see Section 6.3.3).

6-2

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

- Selects the Partial Tune mode the same as

the Transfer > Tune Partial menu (see Section

6.3.3) This mode allows manual selection of the desired Tune Category and then automatically steps through the various settings for that adjustment.

- Selects the Edit Mode which allows parameters in the selected screen to be changed without stepping through each adjustment.

- Reads and displays the current parameters programmed in the radio the same as the Radio > Read Tune Parameters menu (see Section

6.3.3).

- Writes the current tune parameters to the radio the same as the Transfer > Write Tune Parameters menu (see Section 6.3.3). This occurs automatically when a Partial Tune adjustment is completed.

- Exits the current Tune Category without

writing parameters to the radio.

Tuning Categories

These buttons select the tuning adjustment to be performed. Different functions are displayed for the 51xx and 53xx. If the Partial tune mode is selected, these buttons select the particular adjustment that is performed.

Mode/Tool Tip

Information on the bottom line of the screen indicates the current tune mode and information on the selected button on other information.

6.3 MENU BAR DESCRIPTION

6.3.1 FILE MENU

Selecting File > Exit closes the PCTune program.

6.3.2 RADIO MENU

Radio Information

When tuning parameters are read from a radio by clicking the button or selecting the Transfer > Read Parameters menu, the following information is displayed in the top part of the screen:

- The Radio Series selected by the Radio

Type menu (see Section 6.3.2). The correct series must be selected for communication with the radio to occur.

Band

- The radio frequency band of the radio displayed after information is read from radio. Do not select the band using T ools > Set Band (Section

6.3.4) because this may make the radio nonfunctional.

Software DSP

- The first number is the version number of the radio firmware (Flash/operating code), and the second number is the version number of the DSP software.

ESN

- The Electronic Serial Number electronically

stored in the radio.

The Radio menu shown above selects the radio type. Also select “5100” for the 51SL and Ascend portable, and also select “5300” for the 53SL and Ascend mobile. The correct radio type must be selected for communication with the radio to occur.

6.3.3 TRANSFER MENU

COM Ports - Displays the following screen which selects the serial port (1-12) and baud rate (9600/

19200) used for communication with the radio. Select the computer port to which the test cable is connected (see Section 6.4.1), and 19200 baud is normally

6-3

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

selected. These parameters default to the last selected condition the next time the program is started.

Read Tune Parameters - Selecting this function or clicking the button reads the tune parameters currently programmed in the transceiver and displays them in the various screens.

NOTE: Values in the various screens are for reference only and adjustments should be done only by using the Partial Tune function.

Write Tune Parameters - Selecting this function or clicking the button writes the current tune parameters to the radio. This occurs automatically when a Partial Tune adjustment is completed.

change the radio series or band or exit an adjustment before it is complete.

Set Band - Selects the operating band of the radio. All tuning values are reset to the factory defaults.

CAUTION: Do not select this function because it can make the radio non-functional.

Reset Passwords - Erases all password information contained in the radio. This function can be used, for example, to allow reprogramming of passwords if they are lost. NOTE: Radio personality information is not

erased by this function.

Erase EEPROM

CAUTION: This function erases important radio programming information as described below.

Complete

- Erases all EEPROM information,

including factory programmed parameters.

CAUTION: Do not select this function

because the radio must be returned to the factory to make it operational again.

Tune Complete - Currently not available. This function automatically steps through all the tests required to tune the radio.

Tune Partial - Selecting this function or clicking the

button selects the Partial Tune mode. This mode automatically steps through all the adjustments of the currently selected Tune Category.

6.3.4 TOOLS MENU

Reset Radio - Resets the radio control logic similar to cycling power. This can be used, for example, to

Parms Only

- Erases all personality information.

NOTE: The radio must be reprogrammed after this function is selected.

Tx/Rx Tests - Selects a screen which is used to check digital (P25) receive and transmit performance. Refer to Section 6.5 for more information.

Restore Rx Front End Parameters - Programs the radio with default receive front end tune parameters. Other parameters remain unchanged.

6.3.5 HELP MENU

Displays the version number of the PCTune

software and other information.

6.4 TUNING PROCEDURE

6.4.1 CONNECTING TEST SETUP

1. With transceiver power turned of f, connect the –940 test cable to an unused serial port of the computer (see Section 6.1). The –920 programming cable (see

6-4

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Section 4) should not be used because it does not have the audio output jack.

2. Connect the other end of the test cable to the accessory (UDC) jack of the transceiver (see Figure 6-1).

3. If the receiver squelch adjustment will be made, connect a SINAD meter to the Audio Out jack of the test cable (see Figure 6-1). This is a 2.6 mm (3/32”) mono phone jack. NOTE: The audio output signal at

this jack is a single-ended speaker-microphone signal and therefore at a lower level than the differential signal fed to a speaker-microphone. Refer to “Audio Power Output and Distortion” in Section

6.6.2 for more information.

4. Connect a wattmeter and a suitable load to the antenna jack of the transceiver for the transmitter tests (an SMA to BNC adapter is listed in Section 6.1.1). For the receiver tests, connect the signal generator to the antenna jack through a 6 dB or greater isolation pad.

6.4.2 STARTING AND CONFIGURING PCTUNE

1. Start the program as described in Section 6.1.2 and turn transceiver power on. Select Transfer > COM Port and make sure that the correct serial port and the 19200 baud rate are selected (see Section 6.3.3).

• To perform these tests, a Digital Communication

Analyzer such as Motorola R2670 or IFR 2975 is required.

• These tests follow the TIA-102-CAAA-A “Digital

C4FM/CQPSK Transceiver Measurement Methods” specification. Refer to that document for more information.

• A P25 conventional channel preprogrammed by the

PCConfigure software is used for testing. The PCTune software does not select a specific test channel. The test channel must be programmed with the following options:

NAC - 293 (hex) TGID (Talk Group ID) - 1 Frequency - Any frequency in radio operating

band

6.5.2 RECEIVE TEST SETUP

1. Connect the test setup and start and configure the PCTune software as described in Section 6.4. Select the T ools > Tx/Rx Tests menu to display the Tx/Rx Tests screen. Then in the Test Type drop-down list select Receive to display the following screen.

2. Select the Radio menu and make sure the correct radio series (51xx) is selected (see Section 6.3.2).

3. Select Transfer > Partial Tune and click the button for the desired Test Category.

4. Follow the instructions displayed on the screen to complete the various adjustments required for a particular setting. Then repeat for other applicable Test Categories. (The “Pendulum” test sets the TCXO frequency.)

6.5 DIGITAL PERFORMANCE TESTS

6.5.1 GENERAL

This section describes how to check the performance of the radio on digital Project 25 channels. The PCTune software inc ludes a T ool s > Tx/Rx T ests menu that displays the screen used for these tests.

2. Connect the Digital Communication Monitor to the antenna jack using a 6 dB or greater isolation pad. Set the Monitor output for the “1011” test pattern.

6.5.3 RECEIVE SENSITIVITY TEST

1. A tone should be heard from the radio speaker if the analyzer is set properly. Select the “Short” or “Long” test in the T est drop down list and the radio should mute.

6-5

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

2. Set the analyzer output level for 0.35 µV (–116 dBm) at the receiver antenna jack

. The BER (Bit Error Rate) should be 5% or less. (This is a ratio of the receive bit errors to the total number of bits transmitted.)

3. Increase the analyzer output level to 1000 µV (–47 dBm). The BER rate should be less than 0.01%. This is the BER Rate Floor.

6.5.4 TRANSMITTER TESTS

1. If applicable select the Tools > Tx/Rx T ests menu to display the Tx/Rx Tests screen. Then in the Test Type drop-down list select Transmit to display the following screen. Connect a dummy load to the radio antenna jack. Monitor the transmit signal with the Digital Communication Monitor.

the receiving radio. This tone can also be used to test other radios.

7. Select “Normal” to transmit a standard voice signal

by speaking into the radio microphone.

6.6 ANALOG PERFORMANCE TESTS

6.6.1 GENERAL

The PCTune software is not used for analog channel performance testing. Simply program the desired channels using the PCConfigure software as described in Section 4. The test cable is still required to monitor the audio output signal from the radio.

Depending on the application, 12.5 kHz, 25 kHz, and (800 MHz) NPSPAC test channels may need to be programmed. Also, test channels programmed with or

without Call Guard

(CTCSS/DCS) squelch control

may be required.

2. Select the Low Deviation test and set the analyzer

as required to measure transmitter deviation. This test generates continuous repetitions of bits

10100000. Deviation should be 848-1037 Hz.

3. Click the “PTT” button to transmit the tone. When finished, click that button again to turn the transmitter off.

4. Select the “High Deviation” test which transmits a standard transmitter test pattern. Deviation should be 2544-3111 Hz.

5. The “1011 Hz” test transmits a standard 1011 Hz tone similar to that used for the receiver test. This tone can be used to check the operation of other radios.

6. The “Silence” test transmits a standard silence test pattern which produces no receive audio output by

6.6.2 RECEIVER PERFORMANCE TESTS

1. Connect a signal generator to the antenna jack using a 6 dB or greater pad. Set the output for the channel frequency, modulated with 1 kHz at the following deviation:

12.5 kHz Channels - 1.5 kHz 25 kHz Channels - 3.0 kHz 800 MHz NPSPAC Channels - 2.4 kHz

2. Connect a 16-ohm speaker load to the audio output jack of the test cable (see Figure 6-1). Connect a SINAD meter across the speaker load. See “Audio Power Output and Distortion which follows for more information.

SINAD Sensitivity

3. Set the signal generator output level for 1000 µV (–47 dBm) at the antenna jack

. Adjust the radio

volume control to mid range.

4. Decrease the signal generator output to obtain 12 dB SINAD. The signal generator output should be 0.35 µV (–116 dBm) or less for 25 kHz channels, or 0.50 µV (–113 dBm) or less for 12.5 kHz channels.

6-6

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Squelch Sensitivity

5. Increase the signal generator output from zero and note the SINAD when unsquelching occurs. It should be approximately 8 dB.

Audio Power Output and Distortion

CAUTION: Test equipment connected across speaker leads must be floating because grounding either lead could damage the radio. This does not apply to the test cable audio jack (see following information).

The internal speaker and external speakermicrophone are driven by separate audio amplifiers as follows:

Internal Speaker - The internal speaker does not have an external output. To measure the power and distortion of its amplifier, the meter must be connected across the speaker terminals (Extension Test Cable, Part No. 023-5100-955, is then be required to operate the radio). This output is rated for 0.5 watt (2.83 V rms) across a 16-ohm load and distortion should be less than 5%.

External Speaker-Mic - The external speaker-microphone amplifier outputs are pins 2 and 6 of the accessory connector. This output is rated for 0.4 watt (2.52 V rms) across a 16-ohm load.

Test Cable Audio Jack - This jack provides a single ended low-level audio output by tapp ing one of the external speaker-mic outputs. This allows the sleeve side of this jack to be connected to ground, but it does not provide the high-level output required to check rated audio power output.

Transmit Frequency

2. Monitor the transmit frequency and at room temperature it should ±100 Hz. At other temperatures (–30 to +60° C), it must be within 2.5 PPM (VHF/UHF) or 1.5 PPM (800 MHz). This also checks the receive frequency.

Transmit Power

3. Transmit power should be as follows in the high and low power modes:

VHF Models - 5W high, 1W low UHF Models - 4W high, 1W low 700 MHz Mod. - 2.5W high/TA, 1W low 800 MHz Models - 3W std/2.5W TA high, 1W low

Tolerance for all: –0W, +0.5W high, ±0.1W low

Transmit Modulation

4. Monitor the transmit modulation with a modulation meter. Speak into the microphone with a normal voice. Modulation should be approximately as follows with no CTCSS/DCS signaling present:

12.5 kHz Channels - 1.4 kHz 25 kHz Channels - 3.4 kHz 800 MHz NPSPAC Channels - 2.5 kHz

5. Select a channel programmed with Call Guard (CTCSS/DCS) signaling. Maximum total Call Guard and voice modulation should be approximately as follows:

6.6.3 TRANSMITTER PERFORMANCE TESTS

1. Connect a wattmeter and dummy load to the an tenna jack. Monitor the transmit signal with a communication monitor.

12.5 kHz Channels - 2.3 kHz 25 kHz Channels - 4.7 kHz 800 MHz NPSPAC Chan - 3.8 kHz

6-7

SECTION 7 PARTS LIST

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

CHASSIS, HARDWARE, MISC

A 030 Rear housing assembly, std version 023-5100-030

Rear housing assembly, UCM ver 023-5100-032

includes CH 030, J 030 A 035 Battery contact assembly 585-5100-017 A 040 Top switch assembly (includes 0 23-5100-040

EP101b, EP102, MP40, PC40,

R101, S101) A 050 Front cover assembly (includes

MP101, MP109, MP111,

MP114, MP115, MP116,

Limited keypad version

Black standard 023-5100-054 Yellow standard 023-5100-051 Orange standard 023-5100-052 Black UCM models* 023-5100-056 Yellow UCM models* 023-5100-057 Orange UCM models* 023-5100-058

DTMF keypad version

Black standard 023-5100-065 Yellow standard 023-5100-061 Orange standard 023-5100-062 Black UCM models* 023-5100-066 Yellow UCM models* 023-5100-067 Orange UCM models* 023-5100-068

A 100 Logic board assembly

(see version info in Section 1.13)

EFJ SEM, Ve rsi on C 023-5500-120 (see separate listing on page 7- 2) No module, Version A 023-5100-110 EFJ SEM, Ve rsi on B 023-5100-150 Mot UCM, Version B 023-5100-160 (see separate listing on page 7- 5)

Ref No. Description Part No.

VHF 134-174 MHz, Version B 023-5110-001 UHF 380-450 MHz, Version B 023-5120-001 UHF 403-470 MHz, Version B 023-5130-001 UHF 450-512 MHz, Version B 023-5140-001 800 MHz, Version B 023-5180-001

A 400 User interface (UI) board assembly

(see version info in Section 1.13)

EFJ SEM, Version C 023-5500-420 (see separate listing on page 7- 8) No module, Version A 023-5100-410 EFJ SEM, Version B 023-5100-450 Mot UCM, Version B 023-5100-460 (see sep listing on page 7- 12)

A 401 Backlight assembly, fiber optic 585-5100-013

CH 030 Rear housing, metalized std See A 030

Rear housing, modified for UCM See A 030

DS 401 LCD assembly, 49 x 96 fsn 549-5000-005

EP 030 Flexible EMI gasket 574-3500-001 EP 031 Urethane foam, 1/4” x 1.2” x 1.9” 018-1007-250 EP 101b Seal, top switch 574-3500-071 EP 102 Seal, top switch 574-3500-071

HW 031 O-ring, .301 antenna connector 574-2510-0 01 HW101 Nut, spanner M6-.75-6h

(w/o HW105)

Nut, spanner (w/ HW105) 013-1313-007 HW 102 Nut, spanner M6-.75-6h 013-1313-005 HW 103 Screw, #1-32 plastite 7/32” 575-5601-007 HW 105 Washer, nylon, volume control 596-9405-015

J 030 Antenna connector, SMA press fit See A 030

013-1313-005

A 200 RF module, complete w/flex, clip

(see Section 1.13 for version info)

VHF, Version C 585-5500-100 UHF 380-470 MHz, Version C 585-5500-300 UHF 450-512 MHz, Version C 585-5500-300 700/800 MHz, Version C 585-5500-700

* Refer to Section 1.13 for UCM information.

MK 101 Microphone cartridge 589-0301-003

MP 003 Accessory (UDC) jk water barrier 574-3500-073 MP 006 Light pipe 032-0431-194 MP 007 Light pipe sleeve 032-0431-195

7-1

PARTS LIST

CHASSIS, HARDWARE, MISC (Cont’d) LOGIC BOARD (VERSION C)

Ref No. Description Part No.

MP 030 RF shield, improved Ver A/B bds 017-2229-552

RF shield, Version C RF boards (see Section 1.13.1)

MP 031 Logic shield, non-UCM versions 017-2229-553

Logic shield, UCM versions 017-2229-556 MP 032 RF shield insulator, upper 574-3500-067 MP 033 Battery block comp spacer 574-3500-083 MP 034 Logic shield gasket non-UCM 574-3500-085

Logic shield insulator, UCM only 574-3500 -0 68 MP 035 Gasket, rear housing 032-0431-177 MP 040 Switch holder 032-0431-171 MP 101 Bezel, limited keypad models 032-0431-156

Bezel, DTMF keypad models 032-0431-154 MP 104 Emergency button 032-0431-165 MP 105 Selector ring, 3-position switch 015-0805-653 MP 106 Spacer, 3-position switch 032-0431-166 MP 107 Knob, select sw with D-clip hi ret 032-0431-183 MP 108 Knob, volume with D-clip hi ret 032-0431-185 MP 109 Water barrier, microphone 574-3500-053 MP 110 Keypad, rubber for limited version 032-0431-175

Keypad, rubber for DTMF ver. 032-0431-173 MP 11 1 Water barrier/foam ring, speaker 574-3500-056 MP 112 Foam ring, speaker See MP111 MP 113 Speaker retention ring 017-2229-557 MP 114 Front lens attachment 574-3500-057 MP 115 LCD lens 032-0431-157 MP 116 Foam frame, lens 574-3500-059 MP 120 Acsry jack (UDC) dust cover 032-0431-181 MP 401 Foam frame, display backlight 574-3500-065 MP 402 Optic locator, .37” x .37” x .03 thk 574-3500-087

NP 003 Label, RF exposure caution 559-5000-556 NP 101 Label, EFJ logo front 559-5000-550 NP 102 Label, bottom for thru hole 559-5000-552 PC 010 Flex circuit, access (UDC) conn. PC 040 Flex circuit, top switch rev 4

R 101 Volume/on-off switch revised 562-0018-067 S 101 Select switch, 16-pos/3-pos 583-2009-045 SP 101 Speaker, 45 mm 16-ohm 589-1015-008

017-2229-569

035-5100-010 4 035-5100-040 4

RF BOARD (A200)

Individual replacement parts are not available. Replace entire assembly. See A200.

Ref No. Description Part No.

LOGIC BOARD (A100)

Part No. 023-5500-120

(Version C, see Section 1.13)

C 001 10 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-100 C 002 10 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-100 C 014 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 015 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 016 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 017 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 018 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 019 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 020 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 021 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 022 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 023 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 024 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 025 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 026 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 027 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 030 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 031 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 032 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 033 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 034 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 035 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 058 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 059 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 063 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 064 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 065 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2624-479 C 066 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 067 22 µF ±10% X5R 16V cer smd 5 10-360 7-226 C 069 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 070 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 071 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 072 150 µF 6V tantalum smd 510-2001-151 C 073 150 µF 6V tantalum smd 510-2001-151 C 076 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2624-479 C 077 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 078 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2624-479 C 079 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 080 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 081 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 082 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330

7-2

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION C)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 083 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 084 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 085 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 086 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-471 C 087 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 088 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 089 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 090 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 091 22 µF ±10% X5R 16V cer smd 510-3607 -226 C 092 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 100 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 101 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 102 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2624-479 C 103 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 104 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 105 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 106 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2624-479 C 108 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 109 22 µF ±10% X5R 16V cer smd 510-3607 -226 C 110 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 111 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 114 10 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-100 C 115 10 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-100 C 117 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 118 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 119 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 120 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 121 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 122 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 123 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 124 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 125 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 126 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 127 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 128 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 129 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 130 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 131 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 132 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 133 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 134 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 135 10 µF 15V tantalum smd 510-2605-100

CR 001 Dual diode, common anode 523-1504-024 CR 002 3.6V zener diode 523-2016-369

Ref No. Description Part No.

CR 004 Switching diode 523-1004-021 CR 006 3.6V zener diode 523-2016-369 CR 007 3.6V zener diode 523-2016-369

J 001 Connector, 26-pin ZIF 0.5mm 515-7111-526 J 002 Connector, 60-pin bd to bd 515-7111-650 J 003 Spring clip 537-5001-014 J 004 Spring clip 537-5001-014

L 003 10 µH smd inductor 542-9009-100 L 004 10 µH smd inductor 542-9009-100 L 005 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 007 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 010 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 011 27 µH 1.2A smd inductor 542-5010-019 L 013 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 014 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 015 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 016 10 µH smd inductor 542-9009-100

PC 001 PC board, 5500 logic rev 1

Q 001 Power MOSFET N+P pair 20 volt 576-0006-244 Q 002 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 003 Power MOSFET N+P pair 20 volt 576-0006-244

R 001 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 002 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 003 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 004 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 005 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 006 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 007 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 008 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 009 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 010 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 019 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 020 15k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0155-1 53 R 022 20k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-2 03 R 023 15k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0155-1 53 R 024 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 025 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 026 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 027 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 028 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472

035-5500-120 1

7-3

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION C)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 029 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 030 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 031 30k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-3 03 R 032 30k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-3 03 R 033 20k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-2 03 R 034 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 040 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 041 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 042 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 043 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 044 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 045 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 046 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 047 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 048 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 049 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 050 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 051 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 052 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 053 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 054 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 055 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 057 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 059 100k oh m ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 060 100k oh m ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 061 100k oh m ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 062 100k oh m ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 063 100k oh m ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 064 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 065 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 067 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 068 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 069 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 071 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 074 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 075 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 077 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 078 221k oh m ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-534 R 081 100k oh m ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0151-501 R 088 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 090 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 091 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 092 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 096 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 097 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 098 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 100 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 101 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 102 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 104 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 105 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 106 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 107 20k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0155-2 03 R 108 13k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0155-1 33 R 110 39k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-3 93 R 111 12k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-123 R 180 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 182 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 186 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 188 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 189 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 190 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 191 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 192 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 193 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 194 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 195 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 224 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 236 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 237 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 238 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 239 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 240 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 241 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 242 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 243 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 244 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 245 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 246 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 247 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 248 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 249 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 251 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 253 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 254 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 255 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100

7-4

PARTS LIST

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B)LOGIC BOARD (VERSION C)

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 256 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 257 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 258 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 259 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 260 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 261 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 262 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 263 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03

U 008 Op amp, quad OPA4340 544-2020-013 U 009 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 011 Regulator, 5V 400 mA REG113EA544-2603-055 U 013 Regulator, 3.8V, 50 mA LP2982 544-5001-335 U 015 DSP TMS3205510AGGWA1 544-5003-133 U 016 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 017 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 018 Regulator, 5V 400 mA REG113EA544-2603-055 U 019 Schmitt trig, inv TC7S14F-TE85L 544-3123-014 U 020 Programmable logic 544-5001-420 U 021 D flip-flop, single NC7SP74 544-1010-045 U 022 SEM encryption module 023-5000-980 U 026 Op amp, quad OPA2340 544-2018-015 U 027 CODEC 16-bit TLV320AIC21 544-3016-057 U 042 Regulator, adj 500mA REG103UA 544-2603-057 U 043 Regulator, adj 500mA REG103UA 544-2603-057 U 045 Regulator, 3.3V 400m REG113EA 544-2603-056 U 046 Converter, step down TPS62054 544-4006-012 U 047 Converter, step down TPS62056 544-4006-014 U 049 Converter, step down TPS62050 544-4006-010

Y 001 Oscillator, 20.000 MHz SMD 561-9004-200 Y 002 TCXO 12.288 MHz 518-7012-200

LOGIC BOARD (A100)

Part No. 023-5100-110 (early w/o module)

Part No. 023-5100-150 (for EFJ SEM) Part No. 023-5100-160 (for Mot UCM)

(Version A and B, see Section 1.13)

A 022 SEM encryption module 023-5000-980

(-150 EFJ SEM bd only)

UCM encrpt module NNTN4433A 585-5000-924

(-160 UCM bd only) C 001 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 002 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 003 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 004 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 005 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 006 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 007 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 008 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 009 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 010 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 011 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 012 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 013 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 014 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 015 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 016 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 017 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 018 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 019 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 020 .22 µF 16V cer smd 510-3680-224

(All except -160 bd) .01 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-103

(-160 bd only) C 021 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 022 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 023 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 024 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 025 5.1 pF ±.1 pF NPO cer smd 510-3673-519 C 026 6.2 pF ±.1pF NPO cer smd 510-3673-629 C 027 10 pF ±.1pF NPO cer smd 510-3673-1 00 C 028 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 029 5.6 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-368 1-569 C 030 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 031 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 032 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 033 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 034 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 035 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 036 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 037 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 038 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 039 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 040 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 041 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 042 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 043 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 044 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103

7-5

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 045 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 046 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 047 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 048 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 049 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 050 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 051 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 052 8.2pF +/-.1pF NPO cer smd 510-3673-829 C 054 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 055 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 056 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 058 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 059 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 060 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 063 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 064 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 065 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 066 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 067 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 068 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 069 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 070 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 071 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 072 150 µF 6V tantalu m smd 510-2001-151 C 073 150 µF 6V tantalu m smd 510-2001-151 C 077 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 078 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 079 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 080 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 081 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 082 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 083 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 084 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 085 33 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-330 C 086 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 087 470 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-471 C 088 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 089 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 091 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 099 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 100 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 101 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 102 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 104 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 105 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 106 10 pF ±.1 pF NPO cer smd 510-3673-100

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 107 10 pF ±.1 pF NPO cer smd 510-3673-100

CR 001 Dual diode, common anode 523-1504-024 CR 002 3.6V zener diode 523-2016-369 CR 004 Switching diode 523-1004-021 CR 005 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 006 3.6V zener diode 523-2016-369

D 001 PIN diode 523-1504-001

J 001 Connector, 20-pin ZIF .5 mm 515-7111-520 J 002 Connector, 60-pin bd to bd 515-7111-650

(all except -160 bd)

Connector, 60-pin bd to bd 515-7111-652

(-160 bd only) J 003 Spring clip 537-5001-014 J 004 Spring clip 537-5001-014 J 016 Socket, 25-pin (-160 bd only) 515-7113-071

L 001 1.8 µH smd inductor 542-9017-189 L 003 10 µH smd power inductor 542-9009-100 L 004 10 µH smd power inductor 542-9009-100 L 005 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 006 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 007 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 008 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 009 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 010 270 nH smd inductor 542-9017-274 L 011 Ferrite bead 517-2503-002

PC 001 PC board, -110 rev 7

PC board, -150 EFJ SEM rev 1

PC board, -160 Mot UCM rev 4

Q 001 Power MOSFET N+P pair 20 volt 576-0006-244 Q 002 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 003 Power MOSFET N+P pair 20 volt 576-0006-244 Q 004 NPN general purpose 576-0003-616

R 001 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 002 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 003 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 004 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 005 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 006 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 007 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104

035-5100-100 7 035-5100-150 1 035-5100-160 4

7-6

LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 008 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 009 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 010 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 011 6.8k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-682 R 012 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 013 390k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-394 R 014 0 ohm smd jumper 569-0165-001 R 015 1M ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-105 R 016 15k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 53 R 017 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01

(all except -160 bd) 10k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-103

(-160 bd only) R 018 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 019 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01

(all except -160 bd)

1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102

(-160 bd only) R 020 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 021 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 022 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 023 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01

(all except -160 bd)

10k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-103

(-160 bd only) R 024 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 025 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 026 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 027 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 028 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 029 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 030 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 031 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 032 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 033 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 034 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 035 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 036 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 037 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 038 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 039 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 040 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 041 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 042 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 043 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 044 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 045 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 046 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 047 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 048 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 049 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 050 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 051 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 052 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 053 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 054 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 055 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 056 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 057 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 058 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 059 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 060 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 061 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 062 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 063 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 064 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 065 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 067 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0155-1 03 R 068 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 069 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 070 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 071 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 072 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 074 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 075 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 077 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 078 232k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd

(-110 board) 255k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd

(-150 EFJ SEM board) R 079 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0151-501 R 088 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 089 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 090 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 091 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 092 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 093 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 094 634k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0151-578 R 095 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0151-501 R 096 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0155-1 03

569-0151-536

569-0151-551

7-7

PARTS LIST

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION C)LOGIC BOARD (VERSION A/B)

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 097 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 098 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 099 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104

U 001 DSP TI TMS320VC5416 544-5003-129 U 002 ADSIC 544-9100-002 U 003 16-bit transceiver 74LVTH16245 544-1014-505 U 004 Transceiver, 3-state 74ACT16245 544-2023-071 U 005 3-state buffer, quad 74ACT125 5 44-3776-117 U 006 3-state buffer 74ACT16244 544-3776-119 U 007 Programmable logic 544-1015-066 U 008 Op amp, quad OPA4340 544-2020-013 U 009 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 010 Op amp, dual OPA2340 544-2018-015 U 011 Regulator, 5V 400 mA REG113EA544-2603-055 U 012 DC-DC converter TPS6200 544-4006-011 U 013 Regulator, 3.8V, 50 mA LP2982 544-5001-335 U 014 DC-DC converter TPS6200 544-4006-011 U 016 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 017 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 018 Regulator, 5V 400 mA REG113EA544-2603-055 U 019 Bus xcvr, octal 74LVCC324 5 544-1010-250 U 020 Bus xcvr, octal 74LVCC324 5 544-1010-250 U 021 Tri state buffer, 3.3V NC7SZ125P5 544-3914-125 U 022 3-state buffer, quad 74ACT125 5 44-3776-117 U 023 Reg, dual 3.3/1.5V TPS70148 544-2003-177 U 024 Prog logic array CPLD 3064 544-5001-419 U 025 Schmitt trig, inv TC7S14F-TE85L 544-3123-014 U 027 Regulator, 5V 400 mA REG113EA544-2603-055

Y 001 20.000 MHz crystal 521-0020-001

USER INTERFACE BOARD (A400)

Part No. 023-5500-420

(Version C, see Section 1.13)

C 001 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 002 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 003 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 004 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 005 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 006 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 007 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 008 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 009 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 010 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 011 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 012 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 013 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 014 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 015 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 016 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 017 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 018 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 019 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 020 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 021 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 022 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 023 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 024 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 025 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 026 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 027 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 028 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 029 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 030 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 031 3300 pF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-332 C 032 56 pF 50V cer smd 510-3684-560 C 033 47 pF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-470 C 034 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 035 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 036 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 037 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 038 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 042 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 043 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 044 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 045 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 046 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 047 680 pF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-681 C 048 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 049 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 050 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 051 .001 µF ±10 % XRF 10V cer smd 510-9227-102 C 052 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 053 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 054 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 055 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 056 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 057 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 058 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104

7-8

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION C)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 059 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 060 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 061 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 062 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 063 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 064 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 065 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 066 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 067 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 068 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 069 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 070 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 071 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 072 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 073 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 074 68 pF ±5% NPO cer smd 510-3674-680 C 075 68 pF ±5% NPO cer smd 510-3674-680 C 076 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2604-479 C 077 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2604-479 C 078 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 079 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 080 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 081 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 082 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 083 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 084 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 085 680 pF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-681 C 086 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 087 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 088 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 089 220 pF ±10% NPO 25V cer smd 510-3674-221 C 090 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 091 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 092 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 093 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 094 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 095 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 096 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 097 .1 µF +80/-20% X7R 25V cer sm d 510-3682-104 C 098 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 099 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 101 270 pF ±5% NPO cer smd 510-3674-271 C 102 .001 µF ±10% 25V cer smd 510-3681-102 C 103 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 104 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 105 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 106 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 107 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 108 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 109 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 110 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 111 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 112 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 113 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 114 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 115 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 116 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 119 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 120 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 121 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 131 .001 µF ±10 % 10V cer smd 510-9227-102 C 132 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 133 470 pF ±5% NPO 25V cer smd 510-3674-471 C 134 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 135 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 136 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 137 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 138 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 139 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 140 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 141 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 142 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 143 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 144 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 155 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 156 .001 µF ±10 % 25V cer smd 510-3681-102

CR 003 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 004 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 006 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 007 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 008 LED, dual color red/green 549-4001-215 CR 033 Dual diode, common cathode 523-1504-024 CR 035 LED, green high intensity 549-4001-029 CR 037 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 038 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 039 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 040 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 041 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 042 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011

7-9

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION C)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

CR 043 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 044 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569

DS 401 See DS401 on page 7-1

J 001 Connector, 16-pin ZIF .5 mm 515-7111-516 J 002 Connector, 16-pin ZIF .5 mm 515-7111-516 J 003 Connector, 16-pin ZIF .5 mm 515-7111-516 J 004 Connector, 18-pin ZIF 1 mm 515-7111-518 J 005 Connector, 60-pin bd to bd 515-7111-651 J 006 Ground clip 537-5001-015 J 008 Spring clip 537-5001-014 J 009 Spring clip 537-5001-014

L 001 8.2 µH ±5% chip inductor 542-9000-829 L 003 .1 µH smd inductor 542-9017-108 L 004 .1 µH smd inductor 542-9017-108

PC 001 PC board, user interface rev 0 0 35-5500 -420

Q 001 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 002 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 003 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 004 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 005 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 006 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 007 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 008 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 009 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 010 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 012 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029 Q 013 General purpose 3904 576-0001-029

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 014 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 015 20k ohm ±1% 1/1 6W smd 569-0161-4 32 R 016 825k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-589 R 017 10k ohm ±1% 1/1 6W smd 569-0161-4 01 R 018 6.81k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-381 R 019 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 020 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 021 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 022 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 023 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 024 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 025 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 026 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 027 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 028 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 029 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 030 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 031 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 032 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 033 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 034 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 035 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 037 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 038 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 039 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 040 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 041 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 044 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 045 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 046 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 047 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 048 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 049 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 050 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 051 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 052 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 054 619 ohm ±1% 1/1 6W smd 569-0151-277 R 055 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 056 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 057 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 058 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 059 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 060 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 061 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 063 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224

7-10

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION C)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 064 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 065 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 066 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 067 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 068 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 069 1M ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-105 R 070 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 071 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 072 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 073 33k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-3 33 R 074 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 075 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 076 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-222 R 077 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 078 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 079 75k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-7 53 R 080 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 081 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 082 51k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-5 13 R 083 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 084 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 085 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 086 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 087 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 088 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 089 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 090 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 091 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 092 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 093 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 094 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 095 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 096 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 097 75 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-750 R 098 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 099 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 100 15k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 53 R 101 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 102 18k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 83 R 103 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 104 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 105 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 106 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 107 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 108 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 110 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 111 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 112 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 113 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 114 2.2 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-222 R 115 49.9k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-468 R 116 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 117 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 118 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 119 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 120 49.9k ohm ±1% 1/1 6W smd 569-0161-468 R 122 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 123 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 128 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 129 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 130 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 131 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 132 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 135 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 136 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 137 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 138 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 139 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 140 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 141 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 142 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 143 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 144 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 145 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 146 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 147 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 148 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 149 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 150 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 151 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 152 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 153 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 154 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 155 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 156 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 157 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 158 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 159 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 160 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 161 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71

7-11

PARTS LIST

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION C) USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION A/B)

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 162 470 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 163 470 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 164 470 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 165 470 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 166 470 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 167 470 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 168 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 169 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 170 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 171 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 172 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 173 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 176 75 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-750 R 180 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 238 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 239 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 244 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 245 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 246 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 247 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 248 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 249 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 250 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 252 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 254 47k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 73 R 255 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 256 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 262 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 263 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 269 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 270 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 271 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 272 0 ohm smd jumper 569-0165-001 R 273 0 ohm smd jumper 569-0165-001 R 274 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 275 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 276 8.2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-822

U 001 Microcontroller PowerPC MPC850 544-5003-127 U 003 A/D converter, 10 bit LTC1199 544-2031-005 U 004 Flash 8M x 8 AM29DL640G90 544-5001-255 U 005 Prog logic XC2C64-7CP561 544-5001-420 U 006 SRAM 1M x 16 CY62167DV30L 544-1028-198 U 007 D/A converter, 8-bit TLV5623 544-2031-016 U 008 Audio amp, 750 mW LM4865 544-2006-028

Ref No. Description Part No.

U 009 A/D converter, 10 bit LTC1199 544-2031-005 U 010 Op amp, quad OPA340 544-2020-023 U 011 Buffer, quad 74LCX125 544-3776-127 U 012 Programmable logic 544-5001-418 U 013 AND gate, 2-input TC7S08FU 544-3766-020 U 014 Op amp, quad OPA340 544-2020-023 U 016 EEPROM 32k x 8 M24256 544-1019-376 U 017 Op amp, quad OPA4340 544-2020-013 U 018 Op amp, quad OPA340 544-2020-023 U 019 Op amp, quad OPA4340 544-2020-013 U 020 Op amp, quad OPA340 544-2020-023 U 021 Audio amp, 750 mW LM4865 544-2006-028 U 022 Buffer, 3-state 3.3V 544-3914-125 U 024 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 026 Triple supply monitor LT1727 544-5001-341 U 033 Buffer, 3-state 3.3V 544-3914-125 U 034 Diff comparator, dual TLC3521D 544-2025-021 U 036 RS-232 bus xcvr MAX3221EAE 544-2023-0 36

Y 001 Crystal, 4.9152 MHz 521-3060-022 Y 002 Osc, 1 kHz to 30 MHz resistor set 521-9004-701

USER INTERFACE BOARD (A400)

Part No. 023-5100-410 (early w/o module)

Part No. 023-5100-450 (for EFJ SEM) Part No. 023-5100-460 (for Mot UCM)

(Version A and B, see Section 1.13)

EP 101a Grounding finger 537-5001-012 EP 401 Grounding finger 537-5001-012

7-12

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION A/B)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 015 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 016 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 017 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 018 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 019 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 020 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 021 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 022 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 023 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 024 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 025 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 026 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 027 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 028 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 029 10 µF 10V cer smd 510-3755-106 C 030 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 031 3300 pF ±10% 10 V cer smd 510-3681-332 C 032 56 pF 50V cer smd 510-3684-560 C 033 47 pF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-470 C 034 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 037 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 038 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 041 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 042 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 043 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 044 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 045 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 046 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 047 680 pF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-681 C 048 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 049 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 050 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 051 .001 µF ±10% XRF 10V cer smd 510-9227-102 C 052 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 053 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 054 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 055 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 056 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 057 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 058 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 059 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 060 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 061 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 062 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 063 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 064 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 065 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 066 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 067 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 068 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 069 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 072 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 073 100 pF ±10% 25V cer smd 5 10-3681-101 C 076 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2624-479 C 077 4.7 µF 10V tantalum 510-2624-479 C 078 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 079 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 080 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 081 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 082 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 083 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 084 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 085 680 pF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-681 C 086 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 087 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 088 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 089 220 pF ±10% NPO 25V cer smd 510-3674-221 C 090 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 091 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 096 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 098 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 099 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 100 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 101 270 pF ±5% NPO cer smd 510-3674-271 C 103 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 104 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 105 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 106 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 107 1.0 µF 16V cer smd 510-3923-105 C 108 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 109 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 110 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 111 2.2 µF 16V cer smd 510-3925-225 C 112 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 113 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 114 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 115 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 116 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 119 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 120 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103

7-13

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION A/B)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 121 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 131 .001 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-9227-102 C 132 .01 µF ±10% 10V cer smd 510-3681-103 C 133 470 pF ±5% NPO 25V cer smd 510-3674-471 C 134 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 135 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 136 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104 C 137 .1 µF ±10% X7R 25V cer smd 510-3675-104

CR 003 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 004 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 006 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 007 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 008 LED, dual color red/green 549-4001-215 CR 033 Dual diode, common cathode 523-1504-024 CR 037 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 038 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 039 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 040 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 041 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 042 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 043 LED, green RG1101 smd 549-4003-011 CR 044 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 045 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 046 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569 CR 047 5.6V zener diode 523-2016-569

EP900 Grounding clip 537-5001-005 J 001 Connector, 16-pin ZIF .5 mm 515-7111-516 J 002 Connector, 16-pin ZIF .5 mm 515-7111-516 J 003 Connector, 16-pin ZIF .5 mm 515-7111-516 J 004 Connector, 18-pin ZIF 1 mm 515-7111-518 J 005 Connector, 60-pin bd to bd 515-7111-651

(all except -160 bd) Connector, 60-pin bd to bd 515-7111-653

(-160 bd only) J 008 Spring clip 537-5001-014 J 009 Spring clip 537-5001-014

L 001 8.2 µH ±5% chip inductor 542-9000-829 L 003 .1 µH smd inductor 542-9017-108 L 004 .1 µH smd inductor 542-9017-108 L 183-

Ferrite smd inductor 542-9230-023

L 220

Ref No. Description Part No.

PC 001 PC board, user interface rev 10

(-410 bd) PC board, user interface revision 1

(-450 EFJ SEM board) PC board, user interface revision 1

(-460 UCM board)

R 001 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 002 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 003 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 004 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 005 10 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-100 R 006 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 007 10M ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-106 R 009 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 010 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 011 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 013 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 015 20k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-2 03 R 016 825k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-589 R 017 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 018 6.8 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-682 R 019 100k ohm ±1% 1/16W smd 569-0161-501 R 020 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 021 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 022 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 023 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 024 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 025 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 026 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 027 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 028 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202

035-5100-400 10

035-5100-450 1

035-5100-460 1

7-14

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION A/B)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 029 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 030 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 031 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 032 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 033 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 034 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 035 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 037 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 038 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 039 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 040 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 041 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 044 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 045 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 046 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 047 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 048 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 049 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 050 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 051 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 052 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 054 619 ohm ±1% 1/1 6W smd 569-0151-277 R 055 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 057 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 058 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 059 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 060 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 061 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 063 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 064 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 065 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 066 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 067 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 068 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 069 1M ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-105 R 070 100 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 01 R 071 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 072 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 073 33k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-3 33 R 076 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-222 R 077 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 078 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 079 75k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-7 53 R 080 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 081 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 083 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 084 47k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 73 R 085 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 086 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 087 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 088 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 089 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 090 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 091 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 092 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 093 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 094 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 095 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 096 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 097 75 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-750 R 098 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 099 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 101 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 103 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 104 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 105 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 106 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 107 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 110 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 111 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 112 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 113 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 114 2.2 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-222 R 115 51k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-5 13 R 116 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 117 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 118 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 119 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 120 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 122 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 123 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 126 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 127 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 128 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 129 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 130 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 131 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 132 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 135 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 136 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224

7-15

USER INTERFACE BOARD (VERSION A/B)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 137 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 138 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 139 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 140 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 141 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 142 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 143 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 144 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 145 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 146 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 147 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 148 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 149 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 150 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 151 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 152 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 153 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 154 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 155 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 156 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 157 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 158 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 159 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 160 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 161 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 162 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 163 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 164 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 165 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 166 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 167 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 168 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 169 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 170 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 171 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 172 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 173 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 176 75 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0155-750 R 180 1k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-102 R 238 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 239 2k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-202 R 244 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 245 220k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 246 100k oh m ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 247 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 248 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 249 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 250 82 ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0105-820 R 252 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 254 47k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 73 R 255 100k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-104 R 256 4.7 k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-472 R 257 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 258 0 ohm ju mper 569-0165-001 R 262 220k ohm ±5% 1/16W smd 569-0165-224 R 263 10k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-1 03 R 266 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 267 470 ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-4 71 R 268 56k ohm ±5% 1/1 6W smd 569-0165-5 63

U 001 Microcontroller PowerPC MPC850 544-5003-127 U 002 SRAM 256k x 16 CY62146V 544-5001-213 U 004 Flash 2M x 16 3.0V 544-5001-323 U 005 SRAM 512k x 16 CY62157CV30 544-5001-215 U 007 D/A converter, 8-bit TLV5623 544-2031-016 U 008 Audio amp, 750 mW LM4865 544-2006-028 U 009 A/D converter, 10 bit LTC1199 544-2031-005 U 010 Op amp, dual OPA2340 544-2018-015 U 011 Buffer, quad 74LCX125 544-3776-127 U 012 Programmable logic 544-5001-418 U 016 EEPROM 32k x 8 M24256 544-1019-376 U 017 Op amp, quad OPA4340 544-2020-013 U 018 Op amp, quad OPA340 544-2020-023 U 019 Op amp, quad OPA4340 544-2020-013 U 020 Op amp, quad OPA340 544-2020-023 U 021 Audio amp, 750 mW LM4865 544-2006-028 U 024 Analog switch, SPDT NLAS4599 544-4002-007 U 026 Triple supply monitor LT1727 544-5001-341 U 027 Serial bus USB xcvr USB1T11AM 544-3014-161 U 033 Buffer, 3-state 3.3V 544-3914-125 U 034 Diff comparator, dual TLC3521D 544-2025-021 U 036 RS-232 bus xcvr MAX3221EAE 544-2023-0 36

Y 001 Crystal, 4.9152 MHz 521-3060-022 Y 002 Osc, 1 kHz to 30 MHz resistor set 521-9004-701

7-16

EXPLODED VIEWS

MP107

PARTS LIST

MP101

NP101

A050

PC010

MP003

MP120

MP105

MP006

MP007

HW102

MP106

MP108

HW101

MP109

MP114

MP115

(Complete Assembly)

MP116

A040

MP111

Front Cover Assembly

7-17

EP101b

PARTS LIST

S101

EP102

MP104

MP040

Top Switch Assembly

R101

PC040

HW031

J030

MP035

CH030

A035

Rear Housing Assembly

7-18

A050/A060

DS401

MP401

A400

PARTS LIST

Short Lead on Top

A401

MP112

NP102

MP110

W102 (+)

J8/J9

SP101

W101

(

- Case)

MK101

HW103

MP113

W103/W104

EP031

7-19

MP032

PARTS LIST

A200

MP033

MP030

Part of

A200

Part of

A200

EP030

(6)

MP031

MP034

EP031

A030

A100

7-20

8-1

INTERCONNECT SCHEMATIC (FOR VERSION C)

A100

LOGIC BOARD

J2 J5

A200

RF BOARD

Gnd

RF_CLK_CPLD

Gnd

RF Input/ Output

RF_DATA_CPLD

SYNTH_EN

RF_FS_CPLD

SPI_ADDR_2

SPI_ADDR_1

SPICLK

RF_SPI_ENA

MISO

MOSI

SW_V5_5RF

Gnd

RF_SW_V3_3D

SYNTH_LOCK

UNSW_BAT

nTXNAP

TEMP

nT/R

Flex Cir

J30

Antenna

Jack

7.2V

Battery

Pack

B+

Gnd

Bat Status

Gnd

RF_CLK+

Gnd

RF_DAT+

LOCK_ENA

RF_FS

ADDR2

ADDR1

SPI_CLK

SPI_ENA

SPI_MISO

SPI_MOSI

+5.5V

Gnd

+3.3V

PLL_LOCK

UNSW_BAT1

TX_NAP

TEMP

nT/R

HCNTL0

Gnd

nHINT

SW_VD5_0

SW_VD3_3

TEMP

IB_D0

Gnd

SW_BATT

UNSW_VD3_3

Gnd

AUDIO_OUT_P

AUDIO_IN_P

AUDIO_IN_M

Gnd

ON_OFF_SW

nT/R

MISO

SPICLK

MOSI

FIPS__IRQ

RX_AUDIO_MUTE

A400

USER INTERFACE

(UI) BOARD

OPT_SEL1

EXTSPKR_P

EXT_MIC

SW_BATT

OPT_SEL2

Keyfill

Opt Sel 1

Ext Spkr +

Ext Mic

Sw B+

Opt Sel 2

Ext Spkr -

Rx Data

D Gnd

Tx Data

Unused

Keyfill

EXTSPKR_M

RX_DATA

Gnd

TX_DATA

Unused

UDC (ACCESSORY)

CONNECTOR

Gnd

EMER

CHNL_3

CHNL_0

TOG_1

CHNL_2

Volume Control

TOG_0

CHNL_1

Gnd

SW_VD3_3

ON_OFF_SW

Gnd

R101

Emergency Sw

SW2

8 4 2 1

A B

C C1 C2

S101

Rotary Channel/Toggle Sw

On-Off Sw

PC10

UDC Flex

Circuit

PC40

Top Flex Circuit

PTT

Gnd

Aux 1

Aux 2

Aux 3

IP_B0

IP_B1

GND

SW_VD3_3

DSD1

DSD0

DSCK

nHRESET

nSRESET

SW4

PTT Sw

PTT Flex

Circuit

SW3

Opt Sw 1

SW2

Opt Sw 2

SW1

Opt Sw 3

Gnd

Volume Pot

DS401

DISPLAY (LCD)

LCD_3

LCD_2

LCD_1

SPICLK

MOSI

SW_VD3_3

Gnd

MIC +

MIC –

Ext Spkr +

Ext Spkr -

SP101

Speaker

Microphone

MK101

SPI_ADDR_1

SYNTH_LOCK

POWER_HOLD

nHRESET

RF_SPI_ENA

HCNTL1

SCD

Gnd

SCL

Gnd

SW_VA5_0

IB_D1

nHRDY

IB_D2

Gnd

IB_D3

Gnd

AUDIO_OUT_M

IB_D4

Gnd

IB_D5

Gnd

IB_D6

IB_D7

H_R/nW

HDS1

FIPS_CS

Gnd

SYNTH_EN

SPI_ADDR_2

LOGBRD_nRST

nTXNAP

HDS2

H_nCS

Gnd

TX_MOD1

Gnd

TX_MOD2

UNSW_BAT1

Gnd

TXMOD1

Gnd

TXMOD2

UNSW_BAT

Gnd

B+

HCNTL0

Gnd

nHINT

SW_VD5_0

SW_VD3_3

TEMP

IB_D0

Gnd

SW_BATT

UNSW_VD3_3

Gnd

AUDIO_OUT_P

AUDIO_IN_P

AUDIO_IN_M

Gnd

ON_OFF_SW

nT/R

MISO

SPICLK

MOSI

FIPS__IRQ

RX_AUDIO_MUTE

SPI_ADDR_1

SYNTH_LOCK

POWER_HOLD

nHRESET

RF_SPI_ENA

HCNTL1

SCD

Gnd

SCL

Gnd

SW_VA5_0

IB_D1

nHRDY

IB_D2

Gnd

IB_D3

Gnd

AUDIO_OUT_M

IB_D4

Gnd

IB_D5

Gnd

IB_D6

IB_D7

H_R/nW

HDS1

FIPS_CS

Gnd

SYNTH_EN

SPI_ADDR_2

LOGBRD_nRST

nTXNAP

HDS2

H_nCS

Gnd

SECTION 8 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS

For Version C Boards (see Section 1.13)

8-2

A100

LOGIC BOARD

J2 J5

EB_A29

EB_nOE

EB_WE0

EB_R/nW

EB_WAIT

nLOCK_N

DSP_HINT

SW_VD5_0

SW_VD3_3

Gnd

A215

RF BOARD

D Out*

D Out

Gnd

RF Input/ Output

SB1

Bat Status

Reset

DA CE

ODC

SPI Data

SPI Clk

Ref Osc En

Gnd

Lock Detect

Synth CE

Mod In

Unsw B+

Sw B+

Unsw B+

PC50

Flex Cir

J30

Antenna

Jack

7.2V

Battery

Pack

B+

Gnd

Bat Status

D Out*

D Out

Gnd

SB1

Bat Status

Reset

DA CE

ODC

SPI Data

SPI Clk

Ref Osc En

Gnd

Lock Detect

Synth CE

Mod In

Unsw B+

Sw B+

Unsw B+

EB_A30

EB_A31

EB_D7

EB_D6

EB_D5

EB_D3

EB_D4

EB_D1

EB_D0

Gnd

EB_CS5

SW_BATT

UNSW_VD3_3

Gnd

AUDIO_OUT_P

AUDIO_IN_P

AUDIO_OUT_M

AUDIO_IN_M

Gnd

GPIO_3

GPIO_10

GPIO_11

GPIO_12

GPIO_13

GPIO_4

ON_OFF_SW

ISW_IRQ

Gnd

SPICLK

MOSI

Gnd

HCNTL0

Gnd

HINT

SW_VD5_0

SW_VD3_3

HBIL

HPI_D7

Gnd

SW_BATT

UNSW_VD3_3

Gnd

AUDIO_OUT_P

AUDIO_IN_P

AUDIO_IN_M

Gnd

ON_OFF_SW

ISW_IRQ

Gnd

SPICLK

MOSI

Gnd

RX_AUDIO_MUTE

A400

USER INTERFACE

(UI) BOARD

OPT_SEL1

EXTSPKR_P

EXT_MIC

SW_BATT

OPT_SEL2

RENA

Opt Sel 1

Ext Spkr +

Ext Mic

Sw B+

Opt Sel 2

Ext Spkr -

Rx Data

D Gnd

Tx Data

E_RCLK

E_TCLK

TENA

RENA

E_RXD

E_TXD

EXTSPKR_M

RX_DATA

Gnd

TX_DATA

E_RCLK

E_TCLK

TENA

UDC (ACCESSORY)

CONNECTOR

Gnd

EMER

CHNL_3

CHNL_0

TOG_1

CHNL_2

Volume Control

TOG_0

CHNL_1

Gnd

SW_VD3_3

ON_OFF_SW

Gnd

R101

Emergency Sw

SW2

8 4 2 1

A B

C1 C2

S101

Rotary Channel/Toggle Sw

On-Off Sw

PC10

UDC Flex

Circuit

PC40

Top Flex Circuit

PTT

Gnd

Aux 1

Aux 2

Aux 3

TP72-1

TP73-6

GND

SW_VD3_3

TP66-8

TP67-10

TP68-4

TP70-7

TP71-2

SW4

PTT Sw

PTT Flex

Circuit

SW3

Opt Sw 1

SW2

Opt Sw 2

SW1

Opt Sw 3

B+

Gnd

Volume Pot

DS401

DISPLAY (LCD)

GPIO_9

GPIO_8

GPIO_7

SPICLK

MOSI

SW_VD3_3

Gnd

MIC +

MIC –

Ext Spkr +

Ext Spkr -

SP101

Speaker

Microphone

MK101

POWER_HOLD

nHRESET

RFSPIEN

ADSIC_nSEL

RF_nLOCK

POWER_HOLD

nHRESET

RFSPIEN

Gnd

SW_VA5_0

Gnd

EB_D2

Gnd

HCNTL1

Gnd

SW_VA5_0

HPI_D5

HRDY

HPI_D3

Gnd

HPI_D1

Gnd

AUDIO_OUT_M

HPI_D4

Gnd

HPI_D0

Gnd

HPI_D2

HPI_D6

H_R/nW

HDS1

Gnd

nSYNSEL

nDACSEL

LOGBRD_nRST

Gnd

HDS2

H_nCS

nROSCSEL

INTERCONNECT SCHEMATIC (FOR VERSION A/B)

For Version A and B Boards (see Section 1.13)

8-3

SHIELDED AREA

IF FILTER

SHIELDED AR E A

FROM PG 5

1008

1210

1206

1008

0805

0603

1008

LO2_RF

DEMOD

SPI_CLK

SPI_MOSI

RXBE_CS

RF_DAT+

RF_CLK+

RF_FS

16.8MHz

VCO

+3.3V

+5.5V

VCO

+5.5V

+5VR

+3.3VXR

+5VR

C136 100pf

C100

330pf

C116

56pf

C140

.01uf

C110

.01uf

C111

.01uf

C103

.047uf

TP8

C117 27pf

R47

100

C31

200pf

R48 51

C107

1000pf

270nH 2%

SHIELD-IF LRG

GND

C269 NP

C109

.1uf

R36

1.5K

.01uf

L27

220nH

180pfC7

180pf

MV2103

R40

2.7K

C123

10uf

C176

.01uf

C131

.01uf

Q2 941

+ C98

10uf

C139

200pf

C108

22pf

.1uf

TP9

C145

.01uf

TP7

C142 100pf

R37

22K

R44 3K

SHIELD-IF SM

GND

Q1 941

C122 1000pf

U25

DSF753

OUT

R35

330

C146 1uf

C126 100pf

C267 NP

C18

33pf

C13

10pf

U12

ILC7081AIM533x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

R55 100K

FB4 FB

C128 .01uf

SHIELD-BACKEND

GND

R2 560

R39 36K

TP10

TestPoint

100pf

C20

.01uf

C135 100pf

R43 1K

C11 1000pf

C129

.01uf

390nH

+ C177

1uf

C144

2.2nf

L28

150uH

R41 15K

C118 1000pf

R33

330

R49 100

TP29

C134

.01uf

C21

C147 1uf

+ C99

.33uf

C101

.01uf

R4 120

68nH

DSF753

1G1V

OUT

2G2V

C106

.01uf

C104 1000pf

R45 0

TP12

TestPoint

TP1

L29 10uH

TP26

270nH 2%

C19

68pf

R34

330

R6 560

R1 18K

U13

ILC7081AIM533x

INOUT

BYP GND

nSHTDN

U11

AD9864

016181

6 2

7 1

9 3

048

1 2 4 5 7

8 11 12 13 15 19 20 23 24 25 28

D N G

DNG

D N G

DNG

D N G

DD V

DNG

D N G

DNG

DD V

DDV

DD V

DDV

DD V

DDV

MXOP MXON IF2N 1F2P GPC GCN VREFP VREFN VREF IOUTC CLKP CLKN PC PD PE CLKOUT

DOUTA

DOUTB

SYNCB

IOUTL

CXVM

LON

LOP

CXVL

CXIF

IFIN

D N G

FREF

C112 27pf

R108 0

270nH 2%

C127 .01uf

C121

.1uf

C132

4.7uf L

C268 NP

L16

C10

C120

.1uf

C119

82pf

C143 100pf

R38

15K

C102

.01uf

R3 12K

C168

4.7uf L

C133

4.7uf L

U27

ILC7081AIM550x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C130

.01uf

L30 10uH

NOTE: Individual replacement Parts are not available for the RF board, so the entire board must be replaced if it is defective.

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER C (PAGE 1 OF 6)

8-4

EPROM

DAC

MUX

N/C

nCS

SPI_CLK SPI_MOSI

nATTEN

ADDR1

RF_CLK+

RF_DAT+

RF_FS

ADDR2

SPI_ENA SPI_CLK

SPI_MISO

SPI_MOSI

RX_PLL_LOCK

nT/R TX_MOD1 TX_MOD2

SPI_MISO

TEMP

PWR_CTL

LOCK_ENA

nTX_NAP

ADDR2

ADDR1

PLL1_CS

SPI_ENA

RXBE_CS

PLL2_CS

TX_PLL_LOCK

ATTEN

+3.3V

+3.3V +5.5V UNSW_BA T 1

UNSW_BAT

+5VR

+3.3V

UNSW_BAT1

CON26

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

CP4

47pf

CP1

47pf

18 27 36 45

TP24

TP2

R32 10K

U32 AT25010

DNG

CLK

HOLD

CCV

TP17

TestPoint

R14 10K

TP25

STPAD

C115 33pf

C199

.01uF

TP20

U36

74HC138

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

1 2 3

DNG

Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7

A B C

G2B

G2A

CCV

STPAD

U15

74V1G14

STPAD

RP1

18 27 36 45

CP3

47pf

TP22

C35

4.7uf

PAD

C169

.01uF

FB1

FB-1210SO

TP19

CP2

47pf

18 27 36 45

STPAD

C29 .01uf

PAD

R42 10K

TP18

C200

.01uF

STPAD

TP23

FUSE0603

PAD

TP5

U31

AD5308

7 10 11 12 13

CCV

VoutA

DNG

VoutC

VoutB

SCLK

nSYNC

DIN

REFabcd

VoutD VoutE

VoutF VoutG VoutH

REFefgh

LDAC

RP2

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER C (PAGE 2 OF 6)

8-5

PLL

VCO1

PLL

TX_MOD1

SPI_MOSI

TX_MOD2

SPI_CLK

RX_PLL_LOCK

PLL1_CS

16.8MHz

LOCK_ENA

T/nR

RX_LO

TX_LO

nT/R

+5.5V

+5VA

+3.3V

+5.5V

+5VA

+3.3V

+5VA

+3.3V

+3.3VXR

FB6 FB

C195 .1uF

C12

.018uf

C174

4.7uf

C95

3300pf

R53

100

R77 330

R63

RF2361

1 3

RFIN VDP

RFOUT

C175

4.7uF L

4.7uF R65

L44 82nH

C15 47pf

R12

C23 220pf

C5 .0047uf

L40

100nH

C159

1000pF

C203

4.7uf

FB5

C17

1000pf

U29

CX72301

1 2

3 4 5

7 8 9

11 12 13

14 15

CLK MOD_IN

MUXOUT VSUBD GNDcm

mcCCV

FVCO nFVCO LD/PS

VCCcp

CPOUT GNDcp XTALG

XTALIN XTALO

VCCx

GNDx

LD/PSa

VCCca

CPout

GNDcp

nFVCOa

FVCOa

VCCcm

GNDd

dCCV

DATA

nCS

C181 100pf

R73

330

C16

.015uf

C28

.15uf

620

C60

18pf

R17

200

TP21

C196 1uF

C166

100pf

R71

100

C154 10uf

U23

LT1761ES5-5

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C14 1000pf

AS169-73

1 2 3

6 5 4

GND

V2 J1 V1

C24 220pf

C96

.1uf

R60

R78 330

C192 .1uF

C189 .01uF

C22

.68uf

C41

470pf

C90 470pf

FB7 FB

TP16

C153 10pf

C193 100pf

R30

240K

C164 .1uF

R31

160

C160 4700pf

+ C161

1uf

C61

1000pf

C62

1000pf

R64

C68

12pf

U34

ILC7081AIM550x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C97

.1uf

R61

100K

C276

3300pf

C202

4.7uf

SHIELD-PLL

GND

C167

1000pf

R29

C171

4.7uf

R10 240

R8 620

TP13

TestPoint

VTX822015C-16.8-5.0

ccV

Out

Vtune

d nG

U17

ADG749

4 6 1

S1 S2 IN

C182 .1uF

R59

VCO-D16

RF_oVIN

R74

330

C194 100pf

C157

1000pF

C165

3300pf

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER C (PAGE 3 OF 6)

8-6

TO PG 5

FROM PG 6

+23dB -2dB +19dBm

+21dBm

+4dBm

SHIELD

0805 0805 0805

nT/R

TX_RF

PWR_CTL

TEMP

nT/R

T/nR

nTX_NAP

RX_IN

+5.5V

+3.3V

SW+5V

UNSW_BAT

SW+5V

+5.5V

SW+5V

+3.3V

SW+5V

UNSW_BAT1

C226

3300pf

D10

SI2323

C151

.01uf

C149

3300pf

SHIELD-HARMONIC

GND

L11

51nH

C141

.1uf

R56

C72 22pf L

FB2 FB-1210SO

2N7002

C38 33pf

R46 NP

L22

51nH

C162 3300pf

R68

9.1

C114 .01uF

Q3 2N7002

C152

.01uf

C158 120pF

R100 390

C124

3300pf

U21B

LM8272

5 6

R52

LM50/SOT23

+VCC VOUT

DNG

R105

4.7k

TP15

C137 .01uF

C156

C172 1uF

R66 NP

D13

MA4P1250-1072

L26

C39 12pf L

C34

3300pf

U20

SGA-6589

R103 10k

R69

10K

U21A

LM8272

3 2

L46

390nH

TP11

R101 390

U10

ILC7081AIM550x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C223

100pf

C271

5.6pf L

R104

4.7k

C89

7.5pf L

R67 NP

R58 10K

C150 .01uf

C270

4.3pf L

C148

3300pF

C33 3300pf

U22

AD8361

1 2 3 45

VPOS

IREF RFIN

PWDNCOMM

FLTR

VRMS

SREF

R54 NP

Q6 2N7002

C138 .022uf C46

3300pf

R102 10k

C224

3300pf

L47 390nH

R99 390

+ C105

1uF

L21

51nH

R76

C222

3300pf

C155

3300pF

R11

R51

3.9K

C225

3300pf

C51

22pf L

+ C32

4.7uf 16V

R57 0

R62

U14

74V1G14

C113 100pf

R13 30

R50

J3 NP

234

2N7002

C163 .01uf

C45

L49 NP

L48 390nH

J1 ANTENNA

234

FB3

FB-1210SO

D12

MA4P1250-1072

C125

4.7uF L

TP14

POWER AMP

RFin

ggV

ddV

RFout

dnG

L31 220nH

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER C (PAGE 4 OF 6)

8-7

TO PG 1

FROM LO BUFFER

0603

W=30, L=40

1008

W=40, L=60

0603

136-174 MH z

0603

W=7, S=8, N=2.7

W=30, L=30

FROM PG4

W=7, S=8, N=1.5

LNA

W=30, L=30

1008 10081008

136-174 MH z

FDG6303ALT

0603 0603

W=7, S=8, N=1.5

W=7, S=8, N=2.7

0603

nTX_NAP

nATTEN

RX_IN

ATTEN

nATTEN

RX_LO

+3.3VXR

R20

C242 3300pf

C315

L36

22nH

U39 MGA-71543

IN OUT

U48

1 2 34

S1 G1 D2 S2

C234 39pf L

R25 NP

C65

3300pf

MX1

ADEX-10L

RF IF

OLG

C64

3300pf

R106 0

C231

6.2pf L

C316

7.5pf

C235

39pf L

R21

R125 NP

R75 0

R84 0

L19

18nH

C206

3300pf

L53

150nH

C239

6.2pf L

R98

R19 NP

R79 0

L54

150nH

R107 0

TP3

C241 3300pf

C317

7.5pf

C56

3300pf

C63

3300pf

C70

3300pf

R24

R72 62

C314

L51

150nH

C233

6.2pf L

L33

15nH

C277

39pf L

R18 NP

TP6

R130

10nH

C36

R27 NP

R126 NP

U44

AT-267

1234

1FR

DNG

2FR1V

C205

100pf

R16 NP

C318

43pf

L82

72nH

C232

1000pf

C236

82pf L

C69

.01uf

R28 NP

D4 SI2323

C67

3300pf

R26

TP4

C55

100pf

R124

R22 0

C238

6.2pf L

C237

82pf L

L50

150nH

C229

1000pf

C230

39pf L

L32

22nH

L83

72nH

C26 NP

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER C (PAGE 5 OF 6)

8-8

PLL

0603 0603

0603

VCO1

SPI_CLK

PLL2_CS

TX_MOD2

SPI_MOSI

TX_PLL_LOCK

TX_LO

T/nR

TX_RF

+5.5V

+3.3V

+5VA

+3.3VXR

FB9 FB

C25 3300pf

C310 1uf

C295

3300pf

L77

72nH

TP27

L35 39nH

C296

3300pf

C306 .0068uf

R113

C275

1.0uf

R122 430

C303 10pf

R123

C307

1000pf

R114 330

FB10 FB

U47

VCO-D16

RF_oVIN

R117

C305 100pf

C312

3.3pf

VTX822015C-16.8-5.0

cc V

Out

Vtune

dnG

C300

3300pf

C294 470pf

C311 4700pf

R116

R118

R110

240K

C299

100pf

C30

.22uf

C301

1000pF

C304 .1uF

R112 330

+ C290

4.7uf

C298 47pf

C288 .1uF

R23

C286

4.7uf

U18

MAX2661

GND

nSHDN

VCC

IFIN RFOUT

C284 10uf

R111

330

C289

4.7uf

R121

430

TP28

C292 100pf

C297 1000pf

C291 .1uF

R119

100

C272

3.3pf

L78

72nH

C309

.022uf

R70 51

C313

3.3pf

C27

3.3pf

R115

330

L81

330nH

U45

LT1761ES5-5

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C308

.027uf

FB8

C302

4.7uf

R15

C274

10pf

R109

160

C287 100pf

C273

3.3pf

C293

4.7uF

U46

CX72301

1 2

3 4 5

7 8 9

11 12 13

14 15

CLK MOD_IN

MUXOUT VSUBD GNDcm

mcCCV

FVCO nFVCO LD/PS

VCCcp

CPOUT GNDcp XTALG

XTALIN XTALO

VCCx

GNDx

LD/PSa

VCCca

CPout

GNDcp

nFVCOa

FVCOa

VCCcm

GNDd

dCCV

DATA

nCS

C285 .1uF

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER C (PAGE 6 OF 6)

8-9Version C Board (see Section 1.13)

VHF RF BOARD VER C LAYOUT

8-10

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER B (PAGE 1 OF 3)

NOTE: Individual replacement parts are not available for the RF board, so the entire board must be replaced if it is defective.

Version B Board (see Section 1.13)

8-11

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER B (PAGE 2 OF 3)

8-12

VHF RF BOARD SCHEMATIC VER B (PAGE 3 OF 3)

8-13

501U

102S302S

402S202S

01S

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW

VHF RF BOARD VER B LAYOUT

Version B Board (see Section 1.13)

8-14

SHIELDED AREA

FROM PG 5

1008

1210

1206

1008

0805

0603

LO2_RF

DEMOD

SPI_CLK

SPI_MOSI

RXBE_CS

RF_DAT+

RF_CLK+

RF_FS

16.8MHz

VCO

+3.3V

+5.5V

VCO

+5.5V

+5VR

+3.3VXR

+5VR

C116

56pf

C100

56pf

C136 100pf

C140

.01uf

C103

.012uf

C111

.01uf

C110

.01uf

EC9 SPRING - GND

C117 56pf

TP8

R47

100

R48 51

C107

1000pf

SHIELD-LO

GND

270nH 2%

SHIELD-IF LRG

GND

R36

2.7K

C109

.1uf

.01uf

L27

180nH

180pf

C7 180pf

MV2105

C123

10uf

R40 NP

C176

.01uf

Q2 941

C131

.01uf

C108

56pf

C139

220pf

C98 10uf

.1uf

TP9

C145

.01uf

R44 3K

R37

22K

C142 100pf

TP7

SHIELD-IF SM

GND

Q1 941

C99 .1uf

EC1 SHLD-COVER-IFLRG

C122 1000pf

U25

DSF753

OUT

L16

R35

330

C146 1uf

C126 100pf

C18

39pf

C13

TP26

U12

ILC7081AIM533x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

10pf

R55 100K

C128

.01uf

FB4 FB

R2 560

R39 36K

SHIELD-NP

GND

TP10

TestPoint

100pf

C20

.01uf

R43 1K

C135 100pf

C11 1000pf

C129

.01uf

R41 15K

L28

150uH

C144

2.2nf

C177 1uf

C118 1000pf

390nH

R49 100

R33

330

R7 0

C210 .082uf

C134

.01uf

C21

C147 1uf

C101 .01uf

R4 120

68nH 2%

DSF753

G1 V1

OUT

G2 V2

C106

.01uf

TP12

TestPoint

R45 0

C104 4700pf

SHIELD-SPRING CLP

GND

L29 10uH

TP1

270nH 2%

R34

330

C19

100pf

R6 560

U13

ILC7081AIM533x

INOUT

BYP GND

nSHTDN

U11

AD9864

GND

VDD

GND

VDD

MXOP MXON IF2N 1F2P GPC GCN VREFP VREFN VREF IOUTC CLKP CLKN PC PD PE CLKOUT

DOUTA

DOUTB

SYNCB

IOUTL

CXVM

LON

LOP

CXVL

CXIF

IFIN

GND

FREF

R1 18K

C112 56pf

270nH 2%

C127 .01uf

C23

220pf

C121

.1uf

C132

4.7uf L

EC2 SHLD-COVER-IFSM

C10

C119

82pf

C120

.1uf

TP4

R38

6.2K

C143 100pf

C102 .01uf

R3 12K

C168

4.7uf L

C133

4.7uf L

U27

ILC7081AIM550x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

L30 10uH

C130

.01uf

NOTE: Individual replacement parts are not available for the RF board, so the entire board must be replaced if it is defective.

UHF RF BOARD VER C SCHEMATIC (PAGE 1 OF 5)

Version C Board (see Section 1.13)

8-15

EPROM

DAC

MUX

N/C

nCS

BAND1

BAND2

SPI_CLK

SPI_MOSI

ATTEN

ADDR1

RF_CLK+

RF_DAT+

RF_FS

ADDR2

SPI_ENA

SPI_CLK

SPI_MISO

SPI_MOSI

PLL_LOCK

nT/R

TX_MOD1

TX_MOD2

SPI_MISO

TEMP

PWR_CTL

LOCK_ENA

nTX_NAP

ADDR2

ADDR1

PLL1_CS

SPI_ENA

RXBE_CS

nATTEN

TUNE1

TUNE2

+3.3V

+5.5V

UNSW_BAT1

UNSW_BAT

UNSW_BAT1

+5VR

+3.3V

SPRINGCLIP

0P795D

SPRINGCLIP

CP4

47pf

CP1

47pf

TP24

TP2

R32 10K

U32 AT25010

GND

CLK

HOLD

VCC

TP17

TestPoint

U15

74V1G14

R14 10K

TP25

C115 33pf

C31 .1uf

C199

.01uF

TP20

U36

74HC138

GND

A B C

G2B

G2A

VCC

RP1

CP3

47pf

TP22

C35

4.7uf

PAD-NP

C169

.01uF

FB1

FB-1210SO

TP19

CP2

47pf

C29 .01uf

PAD-NP

R42 10K

TP18

C200

.01uF

C24 .1uf

TP23

FUSE0603

PAD-NP

TP5

U31

AD5308

VCC

VoutA

GND

VoutC

VoutB

SCLK

nSYNC

DIN

REFabcd

VoutD VoutE VoutF VoutG VoutH

REFefgh

LDAC

RP2

UHF RF BOARD VER C SCHEMATIC (PAGE 2 OF 5)

8-16

PLL

444-509MHz

0dBm

380-445MHz

0603 0603

VCO1

PLL

TX_MOD1

SPI_MOSI

TX_MOD2

SPI_CLK

PLL_LOCK

PLL1_CS

16.8MHz

LOCK_ENA

TX_LO

RX_LO

BAND1

BAND2

BAND1

BAND2

nT/R

T/R

+5.5V

+5VA

+3.3V

+5.5V

+5VA

+3.3V

+5VA

+5.5V

+3.3V

+3.3VXR

FB6 FB

C195 .1uF

C12

.15uf

C174

4.7uf

R53

100

R77 330

R63

C175

4.7uF L

AS169-73

J3 GND J2

V2 J1 V1

.22uF

R65

C43 220pf

L44 27nH

C22

6.8uf

SHIELD-PLL

GND

U38

LT1761ES5-5

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C15 47pf

R12

22K

AS169-73

J3 GND J2

V2 J1 V1

C5 .039uf

C159

1000pF

C203

4.7uf

FB5

C17

220pf

U29

CX72301

CLK MOD_IN

MUXOUT VSUBD GNDcm

VCCcm

FVCO nFVCO LD/PS

VCCcp

CPOUT GNDcp XTALG

XTALIN XTA LO

VCCx

GNDx

LD/PSa

VCCca

CPout

GNDcp

nFVCOa

FVCOa

VCCcm

GNDd

VCCd

DATA

nCS

C181 220pf

R73

330

EC5 SHLD-COVER-PLL

C16

.1uf

C44

220pf

C186 10uf

110

C60

220pf

C258

220pf

R17

200

TP21

C196 1uF

C42 47pf

C166 220pf

R71

100

C154 10uf

C256

220pf

U23

LT1761ES5-5

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C197 4700pf

C14 1000pf

C96

.1uf

RF2361

RFIN VPDN

RFOUT

R60

R78 330

C192 .1uF

C189 .01uF

C41

220pf

C90 220pf

FB7 FB

TP16

C153 10pf

C193 220pf

R30

110K

C164 .1uF

R31

160

C66 1000pf

C160 4700pf

C62

7.5pf

C198 1uf

C161 1uf

C61

220pf

R64

C68

6.2pf

VCO-D16-L

RF_oVIN

U34

ILC7081AIM550x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

C97

.1uf

R61

100K

C259

220pf

C202

4.7uf

L45 27nH

C40

220pf

C37 .1uf

C167

1000pf

R29

510

C171

4.7uf

R10 43

R8 110

TP13

TestPoint

VTX822015C-16.8-5.0

Vcc

Out

Vtune

Gnd

C182 .1uF

R59

VCO-D16-H

RF_oVIN

R74

330

C194 220pf

U17

ADG749

S1 S2 IN

C257

220pf

C157

1000pF

C165

220pf

UHF RF BOARD VER C SCHEMATIC (PAGE 3 OF 5)

8-17

Locate close to PA module

+4dBm

+21dBm

+19dBm-2dB+23dB

FROM PG 3

TO PG 5

SHIELD

RA07M4047M-01 FOR 380-470 RA07M4452M-01 FOR 440-520

KEEP THIS TRACE SHORT

0603

0805

1008

U3 SHIELD, P/N 3M800

(4.7pf) (4.7pf)(10pf) (10pf)

(HIGH BAND VALUES)

1008

nTX_NAP

RX_IN

TEMP

nTX_NAP

TX_LO

PWR_CTL

TX_NAP

nT/R

SW+5V

+5.5V

SW+5V

UNSW_BAT

+3.3V

+5.5V

+3.3V

UNSW_BAT1

+5.5V

C226

220pF

C25

3.3pf

R105

4.7K

R81

Q3 2N7002

C151

.01uf

R72 NP

C149

220pf

SHIELD-NP

GND

2N7002

L11

18nH

C141

.1uf

R56

C72 12pf L

FB2 FB-1210SO

R46 300

C38 220pf

L22

18nH

C114 .01uF

R68

9.1

C162 1000pf

C152

.01uf

C223

220pF

C158 220pF

R100 390

C124

220pf

D10

SI2323

U21B

LM8272

R52

U14

74V1G14

C137 .01uF

TP15

C156

1000pf

C172 1uF

R66 180

D13

MA4P1250-1072

L26

C39

6.8pf L

R80

MOD-RFAMP

RFin

Vgg

Vdd

RFout

Gnd

C34

220pf

R103 10k

R69

10K

TP11

L46

150nH

R101 390

R15

4.7K

U10

ILC7081AIM550x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

2N7002

C89

5.6pf L

R67 180

R58 10K

C150 .01uf

C148

220pF

U20 SGA6589

U21A

LM8272

C33 1000pf

U22

AD8361

VPOS

IREF RFIN

PWDNCOMM

FLTR

VRMS

SREF

R54 300

C46

220pf

C138 .022uf

R102 10k

L47 150nH

R99 390

C105 1uF

J3 NP

R76

10K

L21

12nH

C222

220pf

C155

220pF

R109

10K

R11

R51

3.9K

C225

220pF

EC10

SPRING - GND

C51 12pf L

C32

4.7uf 16V

EC8 SHLD-COVER-PA

R57 0

C113 100pf

R62

R13 30

R50

2N7002

C163 .01uf

C45

LM50

+VCC VOUT

GND

L48 150nH

J1 ANTENNA

FB3

FB-1210SO

D12

MA4P1250-1072

C125

4.7uF L

TP14

C267

.1uf

L31 68nH

UHF RF BOARD VER C SCHEMATIC (PAGE 4 OF 5)

8-18

UHF RF BOARD VER C SCHEMATIC (PAGE 5 OF 5)

W=30, L=30

0603

LNA

FROM PG4

FROM PG2

0603 0603

W=40, L=60W=30, L=40W=30, L=30

W=7, L=270

1008

0805

1008

0805

1008 0805

08051008

W=8, L=170 W=8, L=170

W=8, L=130

444-470 MHz

380-444 MHz 380-444 MHz

W=8, L=130

W=8, L=170 W=8, L=170

W=7, L=270

0603

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

(450-455 MHz)

(455-520 MHz)

(450-455 MHz)

(W=8, L=145) (W=8, L=145)

(W=8, L=180)

(W=8, L=145) (W=8, L=145)

(3.3pf)

(39pf) (39pf)

(1pf)

(24pf)

(18pf)

(6.2nH)

(12nH)

TO PG 1

0603

LOW / HI BAND VALUE CHART REF LOW HI

C228 3.9pf 3.3pf

C231 1.2pf 1.0pf

C230 1.2pf 1.0pf C233 3.6pf 3.3pf

C227 3.9pf 3.3pf

C235 3.6pf 3.3pf C239 27pf 24pf C240 27pf 24pf

C247 62pf 39pf C248 62pf 39pf C250 15pf 18pf C252 15pf 18pf L68 22uH 12uH L69 16nH 6.2nH

L71 16nH 6.2nH

L70 22uH 12uH

UPPER

LOWER

380-444 MHz

(450-455 MHz)

444-470 MHz

(455-520 MHz)

RANGE

1. UHF HIGH BAND VALUES ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESESE (XXX). 0603

AT-267

RX_LO

TUNE2

RX_IN

TUNE1

nTX_NAP

ATTEN

nATTEN

+3.3VXR

C27

220pf

R20

L50

16nH

C242 NP

C58

220pf

C247

39pf L

C237

5.6pf L

U39 MGA-71543

IN OUT

L36

33nH

C48

220pf

C233

3.3pf L

L23

C268

220pf

C228

4.7pf L

R25 470

C65

220pf

C240

27pf L

R87

C250

15pf L

C64

6.8pf

L70

22nH

TP28

R106 NP

C262 220pf

C231

1.2pf L

L68

22nH

C266

27pf L

U37

AS169-73

GND

C235

3.3pf L

R21

C239

27pf L

C269

220pf

R70

R75

R84 0

L19

33nH

C206

1000pf

R23 NP

C50

220pf

L53

16nH

U42

AS169-73

GND

R98

C251

15pf L

TP29

R19 NP

R91 0

R79 0

R96 0

L54

22nH

C234

3.9pf L

C271

220pf

R107 NP

R83

TP3

C241

6.8pf

L69

16nH

L51

22nH

C243 220pf

C265

33pf L

C56

1uf

C63

220pf

R24

330

C70

220pf

R95 0

C245 220pf

120nH

C264

27pf L

L33

33nH

U41

AS169-73

J3 GND J2

R18 NP

C270

220pf

MX1ADE-1A-1

RF IF

LO G

TP6

R97 0

C36

R90 0

C59

220pf

R27 470

R112

U44

RF1

GND

RF2 V1

C252

15pf L

C261 220pf

R85

R16 12

C205

220pf

R104

330

C71

R94 0

C227

3.9pf L

C232

C30

C49

220pf

C236

4.7pf L

R28 NP

C69

.01uf

R92 0

D4 SI2323

L55

51nH

C230

1.0pf L

C67

220pf

R26

R82

C55

220pf

L57

22nH

C249

15pf L

R88

L52

51nH

R111

C244 220pf L

L56

22nH

R22

C248

39pf L

C263

27pf L

R89

C238

5.6pf L

L71

16nH

R110 62

R86

TP27

R93 0

C246 220pf L

C28 1pf

C229

U40

AS169-73

J3 GND J2

L32

43nH

C26 NP

8-19

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW

Version C Board (see Section 1.13)

UHF RF BOARD VER C LAYOUT

8-20

OMIT

C105

L123

100pF

220nH

11.03nH

L37

4.7K

R110

GND14GND2

NC1

RF_IN7RF_OUT

VCC

ABP

AG2

GND

U1 MX2070A

100pF

C108

E101

57R01

*C91* 11pF

390nH

L302

*C150* 12pF

J1-16

20V

VR1

10K

R101

R106

C317

3.3K

100pF

11.03nH

L14

J1-6

J1-17

R126 51

1uF

C109

.047uF

C115

TX_DA

R130

R_T

SC1

SC2

SC3C4SC4

SW1

SW2

SW_C

EN_ANT

EN_BIAS

GNDA2GNDB3NC

REF_DA

RESET

RX_DA

CLK_CLK

DAT

*U102* 62U70

4.7uF

C310

.022uF

C309

*L8* 47nH

10uF

C85

CR101

10uF

C103

J1-1313

100pF

C111

*L10*

47nH

J1-7

L108

R131

150nH

1MEG

R125

68pF

C153

Q110

10J1-10

*C133*

3.3pF

*C90*

15pF

C137 100pF

C502

CR108

68pF

Q101

VR3 20V

CR7

.01uF

C11

68K

R36

4700pF

C505

100pF

C87

BUSS_07

.01uF

C84

57R01

100pF

C145

C110

100pF

57R01

E104

100pF

C107

L122

CR103

270nH

Q108

C83 100pF

0.1uF

C123

100pF

C98

100

68pF

C501

*C2*

2.4pF

CR109

R129

*L9*

33nH

4.7K

68pF

C503

*C93*

5.1pF

*L6*

39nH

OUTPUT

SENSE

SHUTDOWN

*L30*

8.67nH

5V_TAP

ERRORFEEDBACK

GND

INPUT

LP2951C

U106

11.03nH

L32

J1-1515

CR9

Q111

*C149*

22pF

11.03nH

L127

270nH

L102

*L35*

8.67nH

56pF

C88

1.5pF

C18

5.1pF

4.7uF

C106

100pF

C135

33pF

C146

R100

BUSS_06

270nH

3.3uF

C127

*C1*

4.7pF

XFMR

22uF

C13

BUSS_03

130K

R116

*L34*

8.67nH

C308

.022uF

10K

R113

3.3uF

C126

182K

R115

BUSS_05

57R01

RX_5V

RX_I

TEMP_SEN

TX_5V

TX_I1

TX_I2

V_CTRL

CATH_2

C_BIAS

GND

INT_CAP2

IN_CAP1

PA_BIAS

REF_V

RF_DET

ANODE1

ANODE2

BIAS_EN

BIAS_RT

BPOS

CATH_1

*U101*

SCC77858

*C9*

1.2pF

*C10*

1pF

R111

100pF

C314

*C151*

3pF

100pF

C121

VS4

100pF

C102

RF_INPUT

RF_OUTPUT

VCONT

VS12VS24VS3

*U105*

SHW5076

R102

BUSS_04

4.7K

*C4*

15pF

J1-19

3.3uF

C120

19.61nH

L13

R127

11.03nH

L128

TP11

LOIN

8 5

NC1

RFN

RFP

VCC

*C19*

1.5pF

GND2GND13GND27GND39GND414GND5

IFN

IFP

MX2072A

U002

BBP

BDIV

*C7*

10pF

*C94* 12pF

C119 100pF

*C3*

2.4pF

*C148*

9.1pF

100pF

C113

*C92*

4.3pF

27.42nH

L12

.01uF

C82

11.03nH

L11

*C89*

6.2pF

J1-5

R27 10

CR6

4700pF

C140

BUSS_01

354

TP12

XFMR

*C5*

6.8pF

150nH

L107

100pF

C313

*L31*

8.67nH

100pF

C117

2.4K

R107

C101

BUSS_02

100pF

R114 15K

270nH

L103

8.2pF

C132

R112 1K

68pF

C86

270nH

L121

1uF

C112

J3-2

100pF

C104

100pF

C138

Q107

J3-3

*C99* 11pF

J3-1

10K

R23

J1-20

0.1uF

C152

1MEG

R606

TP10

1.5pF

C116

*L7*

33nH

C141

R26

100pF

3.3K

.01uF

C31

100pF

C72

RF_IN5RF_OUT

100pF

C315

C13C2

GND7GND8GND9GND

U104 01J68

50K

RT101

270nH

L105

CR8

32V

68pF

C15

11.03nH

L15

10K

R22

C504 68pF

0.1uF

C512

11.03nH

L126

100pF

C147

R128

T_5V

RAWB+RAWB+

SW_B+

RX_5V

47K

LOCK_DETECT

GROUND

BAT_STATUS

GND

RAW_1_B+

IF_FREQ

SPI_DATA

DA_CE

TX_OUT

DIG_B+

DATA

CLOCK

RX_INJ

RESET_1

REG_5V

NOTE: Individual replacement parts are not available for the RF board, so the entire board must be replaced if it is defective.

UHF RF BOARD VER A/B SCHEMATIC (PAGE 1 OF 3)

Version A/B Board (see Section 1.13)

8-21

OMIT OMIT

OMIT

100pF

C211

R221

1.2K

1.8pF

C230

C217 100pF

R301

C280

0.1uF

C275

BUSS_09

C228 100pF

C303

.022uF

C225

1pF

100pF

C233

C299

4700pF

CR209

3300pF

*C206*

3.6pF

*C219*

R210 330

4.7uF

TP7

C254

.01uF

100pF

C266

C204

5.1pF

*C220*

100pF

C294

C289

R217 15K

10pF

*C239*

C270 .022uF

47K

R223

5.1pF

*C236*

R206

10K

L223 390nH

1pF

68pF

C201

C506

J1-1212

C231

10uF

4.7pF

C205

220nH

*L207*

J1-8 8

3.9pF

*C222*

4.7uF

.022uF

C258

C244

R204 10K

J1-9 9

CR207

CR201

C279

0.1uF

ERROR

FEEDBACK

GND

INPUT OUTPUT

SENSE

SHUTDOWN

U202

LP2951C

5V_TAP

C507 68pF

11pF

*C226*

C260

.047uF

0.1uF

C282

L204

390nH

C511

0.1uF

4.5pF

LASER TRIM

VMULT4

XTAL1

XTAL2

C223

SUPFOUT

TST1

TST2

VBPASS

VEE2

VMULT1

VMULT2

VMULT3

PREIN

PVREF

SUPFBASE

SUPFCAP

SUPFIN

GND322GND4

IADAPT

IOUT

LOCK

MODIN

MODOUT

VEE1

VCC1

VCC225VCC3

EN_CE

FREFOUT

GND11GND2

AUX1

AUX2

AUX3

AUX4

CLK

CPBIAS1

CPBIAS2

DATA

*U204*

ADAPTSW

L209

390nH

C255

.022uF

4.7uF

68pF

C304

C500

C237

3.3pF

A1A2A3

K1K2K3

CR204

R215

43K

C238 100pF

2.4pF

390nH

C202

L208

4.3pF

*C235*

C530

1000pF

BUSS_08

3.3uF

C125

C253

10uF

L218 390nH

BUSS_11

27nH

*L205*

BUSS_13

4.7uF

C271

C250 1000pF

5.1pF

*C214*

C208

100pF

R205 15K

100pF

C290

C209

.01uF

L221

390nH

L530

1.2uH

C247

0.47uF

27nH

*L220*

R212

750

BUSS_18

*L210*

4700pF

14.5nH

C531

8.2pF

*C243*

J1-18 18

CR202

L202

2.2uH

L216 15nH

C274

.01uF

BUSS_10

J1-14 14

BUSS_12

Q201

10VC3

VSF

GND1

RBY

TRB

100MHz

*U201*

5VI

GND

1.5pF

62U78

C203

22nH

*L201*

J1-33

C240

4.5pF LASER TRIM

1pF

*C292*

TP5

TP8

0.22uF

100pF

C284

C216

R211 120

C246

.022uF

Q202

Q203

L219 18nH

11.3nH

*L211*

R218

100K

CR206

68K

R207

CR208

R220

1000pF

C245

22nH

*L212*

*R219*

47K

R214

R208

2.4K

C210

.022uF

R222 2K

*L213*

100nH

L215 390nH

C256

.01uF

VDD

VOPT

VREG

NC1NC

NC4NC

NC28NC29NC30NC

CEXT

CKL_S

DCWARP

DET_SINE

EN_CE

FO_SQWAVE

GND

16.8MHz

85Y42

*U203*

C267

.01uF

C257

.01uF

100K

R118

R213 750

CR203

K1K2K3

CR205

R209

470

100pF

C227

C221

.01uF

33nH

*L224*

*R203*

SW_B+ SW_B+

SW_B+

SYNTH_CE

MOD_IN

CLOCK

DATA

VEE

VEEVEE

VEE

V_CTRL

RESET

RESET_1

MOD_OUTMOD_OUT

SUPER_FILTER_VOLTAGE

LOCK_DETECT

REF_2.1MHz

RX_INJ

TX_OUT

REF_OSC_EN

REG_5V

UHF RF BOARD VER A/B SCHEMATIC (PAGE 2 OF 3)

8-22

GROUND CLIP

OMIT

S207

SHIELD

G21

J1-11

11pF

C610

SHIELD

S203

6.8K

R406

1000pF

C408

39pF

C422

J1-4 4

C404

0.1uF

J1-21

100

R601

.047uF

C403

G31

SHIELD

S201

0.1uF

C515

10pF

C606

L401

3.9uH

3.3uF

C418

3.3uF

C405

R411

910nH

L601

VR402

33K

R603

BUSS_17

.01uF

C413

680pF

C409

75pF

C410

R602

.01uF

C407

J1-11

S204

SHIELD

33pF

C402

0.1uF

C429

BUSS_16

10pF

C611

Q601

J1-2

MIA3225AR455

FL401

MIA3225AR455

FL402

R604 12K

24pF

C420

43pF

C424

180nH

L402

OUT

47K

R419

GND1 2

GND2

FL1

45J33

6.2pF

C604

.01uF

C416

C614

C417

5.6pF

3.3uF

BUSS_15

270

R413

S205

SHIELD

4.3pF

C605

0.1uF

C601

R402 270K

.01uF

C406

33pF

C432

2.2uF

C428

0.1uF

C433

*S202* SHIELD

2.2pF

C425

SHIELD

R510

C438

S206

0.1uF

750nH

L605

3.3K

R605

C207

L25

.01uF

1.2uH

0.1uF

C419

R417

C414

L603

6800pF

GND1

GND2

1IN3

OUT

1.1uH

FL2

45J33

5.1

R401

R421

20K

R420

C426

0.22uF

33pF

C431

3.9pF

C603

0.1uF

C602

C401

.033uF

R407

1.5K

R418

R410

10uF

C450

R405

R404

PIN1

10K

TOOLHOLE

TH1

R412

43pF

C423

C434 .01uF

20K

R416

1.5uH

L602

BUSS_14

R414

C442 43pF

VDD

VDDH

VPP

VSSR

CR5

T1C2

T2C

T2X

TIX

VCC

VCCP

VCCP2

OTBY

OVCC

REF1

SBI

SSL

SUB

T1C

NLS

ODCOGND

OGND157OGND262OGND3

IFIN2

IOUT

LGND

LOX

LVCC

MOX

GNDI31GNDI153GNDO36GNDO158GNDO266GNDO3

IFI

IFIN

FLAG665FLAG767FLAG8

FLAG9

GND

GND3

FLAG1072FLAG1173FLAG1274FLAG13

FLAG2

FLAG3

FLAG4

FLAG5

DAF2

DAFG

DGND

DOUT

DOUTX

EMIT

FLAG FLAG1

BASE

BYP128BYP2

CAP

CAPX

COL

DAF

*U401*

SC380018ZP

C421

.01uF

27K

R403

4.3pF

C609

C513

L600

100pF

910nH

0.1uF

C702

4700pF

C427

10uF

C430

C415

0.1uF

RX_1_5V

SBI

0.1uF

C514

DOUTx

ODC

REG_5V

DOUT

2.1MHZ

REF_2.1MHz

RX_5V

IF_FREQ

UHF RF BOARD VER A/B SCHEMATIC (PAGE 3 OF 3)

8-23

C11

C13

C72

C83

C85

C89

C90

C91

C92

C98

C101

C102

C103

C104

C108

C117

C123

C125

C126

C138

C140

C141

C147

C148

C149

C150

C151

C152

C202

C203

C208

C209

C210

C219

C220

C221

C222

C233

C253

C254

C255

C258

C260

C271

C274

C279

C304

C308

C309

C310

C402

C409

C414

C416

C419

C420

C422

C423

C424

C426

C428

C430

C431

C432

C433

C442

C450

C500

C501

C502

C511

C513

C514

C515

C603

C604

C605

C606

C611

C614

C702

CR5

CR108

CR109

CR204

CR206

E101

E104

FL1

FL2

FL401

FL402

201510

L12

L13

L14

L25

L30

L31

L32

L34

L35

L37

L108

L121

L122

L126

L127

L128

L204

L210

L211

L215

L216

L220

L221

L402

L601

L602

L603

L605

Q203

R27

R36

R110

R112

R113

R206

R210

R217

R219

R220

R222

R223

R301

R403

R405

R406

R407

R410

R411

R412

R413

R414

R416

R417

R418

R420

R510

S201

S203

S205

S207

765432

U105

U106

U201

U202

U203

VR1

VR402

C10

C15

C18

C19

C31

C82

C84

C86

C87

C88

C93

C94

C99

C105

C106

C107

C109

C110

C111

C112

C113

C115

C116

C119

C120

C121

C127

C132

C133

C135

C137

C145

C146

C153

C201

C204

C205

C206

C207

C211

C214

C216

C217

C223

C225

C226

C227

C228

C230

C231

C235

C236

C237

C238

C239

C240

C243

C244

C245

C246

C247

C250

C256

C257

C266

C267

C270

C275

C280

C282

C284

C289

C290

C292

C294

C299

C303

C313

C314

C315

C317

C401

C403

C404

C405

C406

C407

C408

C410

C413

C415

C417

C418

C421

C425

C427

C429

C434

C438

C503

C504

C505

C506

C507

C512

C530

C531

C601

C602

C609

C610

CR6

CR7

CR8

CR9

CR101

CR103

CR201

CR202

CR203

CR205

CR207

CR208

CR209

L10

L11

L15

L102

L103

L105

L107

L123

L201

L202

L205

L207

L208

L209

L212

L213

L218

L219

L223

L224

L302

L401

L530

L600

Q101

Q107

Q108

Q110

Q111

Q201

Q202

Q601

R22 R23

R26

R100

R101

R102

R106

R107

R111

R114

R115

R116

R118

R125

R126

R127

R128

R129

R130

R131

R203

R204

R205

R207

R208

R209

R211

R212

R213

R214

R215

R218

R221

R401

R402

R404

R419

R421

R601

R602

R603

R604

R605

R606

RT101

S202

S204

S206

TP5

TP7

TP8

TP10

TP11

TP12

U002

E2E4

A2A4

B1B5

U101

U102

U104

251618

23 20

40 42

465

15 11

19 17

U204

59 63

16 14

17 15 13

53 58

34 36

35 37 39 41 43

38 40

42 44

4533

U401

VR3

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW

UHF RF BOARD VER A/B LAYOUT

Version A/B Board (see Section 1.13)

8-24

From Page 5

64.455 MHz

Crystal Filter

64.455 MHz

Crystal Filter

IF Amp

3.3V Regulator

5V Regulator

Digital

From Page 3

IF Filter

SHIELDED

AREA

SHIELDED

AREA

1008 1008

1008

1210

1206

1008

060 3

0805

LO2_RF

DEMOD

SPI_CLK

SPI_MOSI

RXBE_CS

RF_DAT+

RF_CLK+

RF_FS

16.8MHz

VCO

+3.3V

+5.5V

+5VR

VCO

+5.5V

+5VR

+3.3VXR

C116

56pf

C100

33pf

C136 100pf

C140

.01uf

C103

.012uf

C111

.01uf

C110

.01uf

C117 56pf

TP8

R47

100

R48 51

C107

1000pf

270nH 2%

TP27

R36

2.7K

C109

.1uf

.01uf

C223

L27

220nH

MV2103

C7 180pf

180pf

C123

10uf

R40

2.7K

Q2 941

C131

.01uf

C176

.01uf

C108

47pf

C139

200pf

+ C98

10uf

.1uf

TP9

C145

.01uf

R44 3K

R37

22K

C142 100pf

TP7

TP30

Q1 941

C210

.082uf

C122 1000pf

C220 200pf

U25

DSF753

OUT

R35

330

C146 1uf

C126 100pf

C224 NP

C18

39pf

C13

R55 100K

U12

ILC7081AIM533x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

10pf

C128 .01uf

FB4 FB

R39 36K

R2 560

TP10

TestPoint

100pf

TP28

R43 1K

C135 100pf

C20

.01uf

C129

.01uf

C11 1000pf

R41 15K

L28

150uH

C144

2.2nf

C177 1uf

390nH

C221 200pf

C118 1000pf

C99

.1uf

R49 100

R33

330

C225 NP

C134

.01uf

C21

C147 1uf

C101

.01uf

R4 120

68nH

DSF753

G1 V1

OUT

G2 V2

C106

.01uf

TP12

TestPoint

R45 0

C104 4700pf

L29 10uH

TP1

R34

330

C19 47pf

270nH 2%

R6 560

U11

AD9864

310161821

2226343637

69141727

394048

1 2 4 5 7

8 11 12 13 15 19 20 23 24 25 28

GND

VDD

GND

VDD

MXOP MXON IF2N 1F2P GPC GCN VREFP VREFN VREF IOUTC CLKP CLKN PC PD PE CLKOUT

DOUTA

DOUTB

SYNCB

IOUTL

CXVM

LON

LOP

CXVL

CXIF

IFIN

GND

FREF

U13

ILC7081AIM533x

INOUT

BYP GND

nSHTDN

R1 18K

C112 56pf

270nH 2%

C127 .01uf

C121

.1uf

C132

4.7uf L

C10

L16

C119

82pf

C120

.1uf

R38

6.2K

C143 100pf

C102

.01uf

C168

4.7uf L

R3 12K

C133

4.7uf L

U27

ILC7081AIM550x

IN OUT

BYPGND

nSHTDN

L30 10uH

C130

.01uf

NOTE: Individual replacement parts are not available for the RF board, so the entire board must be replaced if it is defective.

700/800 MHZ RF BOARD VER C SCHEMATIC (PAGE 1 OF 5)

Version C Board (see Section 1.13)

E.F. Johnson Company 5100 Series Service Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual